Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.1.1.6
      1      1.1  christos /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.1.1.6  christos    Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3      1.1  christos 
      4      1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      5      1.1  christos 
      6      1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      7      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      8      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
      9      1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     10      1.1  christos 
     11      1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     12      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     13      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     14      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     15      1.1  christos 
     16      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     17      1.1  christos    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     18      1.1  christos    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     19      1.1  christos    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     20      1.1  christos 
     21      1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     22      1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     23      1.1  christos #include "bfdlink.h"
     24      1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     25      1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     26      1.1  christos #include "elf/m68k.h"
     27      1.1  christos #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     28      1.1  christos 
     29  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
     30  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
     31      1.1  christos 
     32  1.1.1.2  christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
     33  1.1.1.2  christos {
     34  1.1.1.5  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,       0, 3, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",      FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     35      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_32,         0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",        FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     36      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_16,         0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",        FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     37      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_8,          0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",         FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     38      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,       0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     39      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,       0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",      FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     40      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,        0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",       FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     41      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     42      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     43      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     44      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     45      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     46      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     47      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     48      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     49      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     50      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     51      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     52      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     53      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     54      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     55      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     56      1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     57      1.1  christos   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     58      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     59      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     60      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     61      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     62      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     63      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     64      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     65      1.1  christos 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     66      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     67      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     68      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     69      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     70      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),
     71      1.1  christos   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
     72      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
     73      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     74      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     75      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     76      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     77      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     78      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     79      1.1  christos 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
     80      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
     81      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     82      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     83      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     84      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),
     85      1.1  christos 
     86      1.1  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
     87      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
     88      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     89      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     90      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     91      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     92      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     93      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     94      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
     95      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
     96      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     97      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     98      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
     99      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    100      1.1  christos 
    101      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    102      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    103      1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    104      1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    105      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    106      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    107      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    108      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    109      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    110      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    111      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    112      1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    113      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    114      1.1  christos 
    115      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    116      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    117      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    118      1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    119      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    120      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    121      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    122      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    123      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    124      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    125      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    126      1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    127      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    128      1.1  christos 
    129      1.1  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    130      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    131      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    132      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    133      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    134      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    135      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    136      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    137      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    138      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    139      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    140      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    141      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    142      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    143      1.1  christos 
    144      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    145      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    146      1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    147      1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    148      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    149      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    150      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    151      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    152      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    153      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    154      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    155      1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    156      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    157      1.1  christos 
    158      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    159      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    160      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    161      1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    162      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    163      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    164      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    165      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    166      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    167      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    168      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    169      1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    170      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    171      1.1  christos 
    172      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    173      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    174      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    175      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    176      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    177      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    178      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    179      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    180      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    181      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    182      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    183      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    184      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    185      1.1  christos 
    186      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    187      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    188      1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    189      1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    190      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    191      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    192      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    193      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    194      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    195      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    196      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    197      1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    198      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    199      1.1  christos 
    200      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    201      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    202      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    203      1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    204      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    205      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    206      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    207      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    208      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    209      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    210      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    211      1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    212      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    213      1.1  christos 
    214      1.1  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    215      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    216      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    217      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    218      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    219      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    220      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    221      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    222      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    223      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    224      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    225      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    226      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    227      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    228      1.1  christos 
    229      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    230      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    231      1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    232      1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    233      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    234      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    235      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    236      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    237      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    238      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    239      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    240      1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    241      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    242      1.1  christos 
    243      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    244      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    245      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    246      1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    247      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    248      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    249      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    250      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    251      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    252      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    253      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    254      1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    255      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    256      1.1  christos 
    257      1.1  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    258      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    259      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    260      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    261      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    262      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    263      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    264      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    265      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    266      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    267      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    268      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    269      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    270      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    271      1.1  christos 
    272      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    273      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    274      1.1  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    275      1.1  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    276      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    277      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    278      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    279      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    280      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    281      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    282      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    283      1.1  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    284      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    285      1.1  christos 
    286      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    287      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    288      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    289      1.1  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    290      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    291      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    292      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    293      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    294      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    295      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    296      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    297      1.1  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    298      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    299      1.1  christos 
    300      1.1  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    301      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    302      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    303      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    304      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    305      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    306      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    307      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    308      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    309      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    310      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    311      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    312      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    313      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    314      1.1  christos 
    315      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    316      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    317      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    318      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    319      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    320      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    321      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    322      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    323      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    324      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    325      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    326      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    327      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    328      1.1  christos 
    329      1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    330      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    331      1.1  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    332      1.1  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    333      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    334      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    335      1.1  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    336      1.1  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    337      1.1  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    338      1.1  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    339      1.1  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    340      1.1  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    341      1.1  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    342      1.1  christos };
    343      1.1  christos 
    344      1.1  christos static void
    345      1.1  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    346      1.1  christos {
    347      1.1  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    348      1.1  christos 
    349      1.1  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    350      1.1  christos     {
    351      1.1  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
    352      1.1  christos 			     abfd, (int) indx);
    353      1.1  christos       indx = R_68K_NONE;
    354      1.1  christos     }
    355      1.1  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    356      1.1  christos }
    357      1.1  christos 
    358      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    359      1.1  christos 
    360      1.1  christos static const struct
    361      1.1  christos {
    362      1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    363      1.1  christos   int elf_val;
    364      1.1  christos }
    365      1.1  christos   reloc_map[] =
    366      1.1  christos {
    367      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    368      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    369      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    370      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    371      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    372      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    373      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    374      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    375      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    376      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    377      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    378      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    379      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    380      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    381      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    382      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    383      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    384      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    385      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    386      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    387      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    388      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    389      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    390      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    391      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    392      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    393      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    394      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    395      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    396      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    397      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    398      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    399      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    400      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    401      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    402      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    403      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    404      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    405      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    406      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    407      1.1  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    408      1.1  christos };
    409      1.1  christos 
    410      1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    411  1.1.1.2  christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    412  1.1.1.2  christos 		   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    413      1.1  christos {
    414      1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
    415      1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    416      1.1  christos     {
    417      1.1  christos       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    418      1.1  christos 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    419      1.1  christos     }
    420      1.1  christos   return 0;
    421      1.1  christos }
    422      1.1  christos 
    423      1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    424      1.1  christos reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    425      1.1  christos {
    426      1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
    427      1.1  christos 
    428      1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    429      1.1  christos     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    430      1.1  christos 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    431      1.1  christos       return &howto_table[i];
    432      1.1  christos 
    433      1.1  christos   return NULL;
    434      1.1  christos }
    435      1.1  christos 
    436      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    437      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    438      1.1  christos #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    439      1.1  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    440      1.1  christos 
    441      1.1  christos /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    443      1.1  christos 
    444      1.1  christos /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    445      1.1  christos    section.  */
    446      1.1  christos 
    447      1.1  christos #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    448      1.1  christos 
    449      1.1  christos /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    450      1.1  christos 
    451      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    452      1.1  christos {
    453      1.1  christos   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    454      1.1  christos   bfd_vma size;
    455      1.1  christos 
    456      1.1  christos   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    457      1.1  christos   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    458      1.1  christos 
    459      1.1  christos   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    460      1.1  christos      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    461      1.1  christos      is against.  */
    462      1.1  christos   struct {
    463      1.1  christos     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    464      1.1  christos     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    465      1.1  christos   } plt0_relocs;
    466      1.1  christos 
    467      1.1  christos   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    468      1.1  christos   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    469      1.1  christos 
    470      1.1  christos   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    471      1.1  christos      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    472      1.1  christos      is against.  */
    473      1.1  christos   struct {
    474      1.1  christos     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    475      1.1  christos     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    476      1.1  christos   } symbol_relocs;
    477      1.1  christos 
    478      1.1  christos   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    479      1.1  christos      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    480      1.1  christos   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    481      1.1  christos };
    482      1.1  christos 
    483      1.1  christos /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    484      1.1  christos 
    485      1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    486      1.1  christos 
    487      1.1  christos /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    488      1.1  christos    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    489      1.1  christos 
    490      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    491      1.1  christos {
    492      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    493      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    494      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    495      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    496      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    497      1.1  christos };
    498      1.1  christos 
    499      1.1  christos /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    500      1.1  christos 
    501      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    502      1.1  christos {
    503      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    504      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    505      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    506      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    507      1.1  christos   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    508      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    509      1.1  christos };
    510      1.1  christos 
    511      1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
    512      1.1  christos   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    513      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    514      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    515      1.1  christos };
    516      1.1  christos 
    517      1.1  christos #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    518      1.1  christos 
    519      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    520      1.1  christos {
    521      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    522      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    523      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    524      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    525      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    526      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    527      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    528      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    529      1.1  christos };
    530      1.1  christos 
    531      1.1  christos /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    532      1.1  christos 
    533      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    534      1.1  christos {
    535      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    536      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    537      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    538      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    539      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    540      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + reloc index */
    541      1.1  christos   0x60, 0xff,             /* bra.l .plt */
    542      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0              /* + .plt - . */
    543      1.1  christos };
    544      1.1  christos 
    545      1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
    546      1.1  christos   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    547      1.1  christos   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    548      1.1  christos   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    549      1.1  christos };
    550      1.1  christos 
    551      1.1  christos #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    552      1.1  christos 
    553      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    554      1.1  christos {
    555      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    556      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    557      1.1  christos   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    558      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    559      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    560      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    561      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    562      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    563      1.1  christos };
    564      1.1  christos 
    565      1.1  christos /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    566      1.1  christos 
    567      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    568      1.1  christos {
    569      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    570      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    571      1.1  christos   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    572      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    573      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    574      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    575      1.1  christos   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    576      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0 		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    577      1.1  christos };
    578      1.1  christos 
    579      1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
    580      1.1  christos   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    581      1.1  christos   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    582      1.1  christos   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    583      1.1  christos };
    584      1.1  christos 
    585      1.1  christos #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    586      1.1  christos /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    587      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    588      1.1  christos {
    589      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    590      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    591      1.1  christos   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    592      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    593      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd1,             /* jmp %a1@ */
    594      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    595      1.1  christos   0, 0
    596      1.1  christos };
    597      1.1  christos 
    598      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    599      1.1  christos {
    600      1.1  christos   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    601      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 2,              /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    602      1.1  christos   0x4e, 0xd1,              /* jmp %a1@ */
    603      1.1  christos   0x2f, 0x3c,              /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    604      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + reloc index */
    605      1.1  christos   0x60, 0xff,              /* bra.l .plt */
    606      1.1  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + .plt - . */
    607      1.1  christos   0, 0
    608      1.1  christos };
    609      1.1  christos 
    610      1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
    611      1.1  christos   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    612      1.1  christos   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    613      1.1  christos   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    614      1.1  christos };
    615      1.1  christos 
    616      1.1  christos /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    617      1.1  christos    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    618      1.1  christos    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    619      1.1  christos    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    620      1.1  christos    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    621      1.1  christos 
    622      1.1  christos /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    623      1.1  christos    copied for a given symbol.  */
    624      1.1  christos 
    625      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    626      1.1  christos {
    627      1.1  christos   /* Next section.  */
    628      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    629      1.1  christos   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    630      1.1  christos   asection *section;
    631      1.1  christos   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    632      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type count;
    633      1.1  christos };
    634      1.1  christos 
    635      1.1  christos /* Forward declaration.  */
    636      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    637      1.1  christos 
    638      1.1  christos /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    639      1.1  christos 
    640      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    641      1.1  christos {
    642      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    643      1.1  christos 
    644      1.1  christos   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    645      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    646      1.1  christos 
    647      1.1  christos   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    648      1.1  christos   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    649      1.1  christos 
    650      1.1  christos   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    651      1.1  christos      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    652      1.1  christos      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    653      1.1  christos 
    654      1.1  christos      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    655      1.1  christos      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    656      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    657      1.1  christos };
    658      1.1  christos 
    659      1.1  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    660      1.1  christos 
    661      1.1  christos /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    662      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    663      1.1  christos {
    664      1.1  christos   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    665      1.1  christos   const bfd *bfd;
    666      1.1  christos 
    667      1.1  christos   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    668      1.1  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    669      1.1  christos 
    670      1.1  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    671      1.1  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    672      1.1  christos 
    673      1.1  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    674      1.1  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    675      1.1  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    676      1.1  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    677      1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    678      1.1  christos };
    679      1.1  christos 
    680      1.1  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    681      1.1  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    682      1.1  christos 
    683      1.1  christos /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    684      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    685      1.1  christos {
    686      1.1  christos   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    687      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    688      1.1  christos 
    689      1.1  christos   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    690      1.1  christos   union
    691      1.1  christos   {
    692      1.1  christos     struct
    693      1.1  christos     {
    694      1.1  christos       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  It is used to
    695      1.1  christos 	 filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook.  */
    696      1.1  christos       bfd_vma refcount;
    697      1.1  christos     } s1;
    698      1.1  christos 
    699      1.1  christos     struct
    700      1.1  christos     {
    701      1.1  christos       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    702      1.1  christos 	 to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value.  */
    703      1.1  christos       bfd_vma offset;
    704      1.1  christos 
    705      1.1  christos       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    706      1.1  christos 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    707      1.1  christos 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    708      1.1  christos 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    709      1.1  christos 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    710      1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    711      1.1  christos     } s2;
    712      1.1  christos   } u;
    713      1.1  christos };
    714      1.1  christos 
    715      1.1  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    716      1.1  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    717      1.1  christos    switches etc.  */
    718      1.1  christos 
    719      1.1  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    720      1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    721      1.1  christos {
    722      1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    723      1.1  christos     {
    724      1.1  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    725      1.1  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    726      1.1  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    727      1.1  christos 	 r_type.  */
    728      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    729      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    730      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    731      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    732      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    733      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    734      1.1  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    735      1.1  christos 
    736      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    737      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    738      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    739      1.1  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    740      1.1  christos 
    741      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    742      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    743      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    744      1.1  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    745      1.1  christos 
    746      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    747      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    748      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    749      1.1  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    750      1.1  christos 
    751      1.1  christos     default:
    752      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    753      1.1  christos       return 0;
    754      1.1  christos     }
    755      1.1  christos }
    756      1.1  christos 
    757      1.1  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    758      1.1  christos 
    759      1.1  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    760      1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    761      1.1  christos {
    762      1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    763      1.1  christos     {
    764      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    765      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    766      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    767      1.1  christos       return R_32;
    768      1.1  christos 
    769      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    770      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    771      1.1  christos       return R_16;
    772      1.1  christos 
    773      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    774      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    775      1.1  christos       return R_8;
    776      1.1  christos 
    777      1.1  christos     default:
    778      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    779      1.1  christos       return 0;
    780      1.1  christos     }
    781      1.1  christos }
    782      1.1  christos 
    783      1.1  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    784      1.1  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    785      1.1  christos 
    786      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
    787      1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    788      1.1  christos {
    789      1.1  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    790      1.1  christos     {
    791      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    792      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    793      1.1  christos       return 1;
    794      1.1  christos 
    795      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    796      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    797      1.1  christos       return 2;
    798      1.1  christos 
    799      1.1  christos     default:
    800      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    801      1.1  christos       return 0;
    802      1.1  christos     }
    803      1.1  christos }
    804      1.1  christos 
    805      1.1  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    806      1.1  christos 
    807      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    808      1.1  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    809      1.1  christos {
    810      1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    811      1.1  christos     {
    812      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    813      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    814      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    815      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    816      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    817      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    818      1.1  christos       return TRUE;
    819      1.1  christos 
    820      1.1  christos     default:
    821      1.1  christos       return FALSE;
    822      1.1  christos     }
    823      1.1  christos }
    824      1.1  christos 
    825      1.1  christos /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    826      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_got
    827      1.1  christos {
    828      1.1  christos   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    829      1.1  christos      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    830      1.1  christos      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    831      1.1  christos   htab_t entries;
    832      1.1  christos 
    833      1.1  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    834      1.1  christos      several GOT slots.
    835      1.1  christos 
    836      1.1  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    837      1.1  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    838      1.1  christos      in this GOT.
    839      1.1  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    840      1.1  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    841      1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    842      1.1  christos 
    843      1.1  christos   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    844      1.1  christos      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    845      1.1  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    846      1.1  christos   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    847      1.1  christos 
    848      1.1  christos   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    849      1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset;
    850      1.1  christos };
    851      1.1  christos 
    852      1.1  christos /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    853      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    854      1.1  christos {
    855      1.1  christos   /* BFD.  */
    856      1.1  christos   const bfd *bfd;
    857      1.1  christos 
    858      1.1  christos   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    859      1.1  christos      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    860      1.1  christos      share a single GOT.  */
    861      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    862      1.1  christos };
    863      1.1  christos 
    864      1.1  christos /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    865      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    866      1.1  christos {
    867      1.1  christos   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    868      1.1  christos      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    869      1.1  christos      having an empty GOT).
    870      1.1  christos 
    871      1.1  christos      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    872      1.1  christos   htab_t bfd2got;
    873      1.1  christos 
    874      1.1  christos   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    875      1.1  christos      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    876      1.1  christos   unsigned long global_symndx;
    877      1.1  christos };
    878      1.1  christos 
    879      1.1  christos /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    880      1.1  christos 
    881      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    882      1.1  christos {
    883      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    884      1.1  christos 
    885      1.1  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    886      1.1  christos   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    887      1.1  christos 
    888      1.1  christos   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    889      1.1  christos      yet been chosen.  */
    890      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    891      1.1  christos 
    892      1.1  christos   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    893      1.1  christos      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    894      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    895      1.1  christos 
    896      1.1  christos   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    897      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    898      1.1  christos 
    899      1.1  christos   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    900      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    901      1.1  christos 
    902      1.1  christos   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    903      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    904      1.1  christos };
    905      1.1  christos 
    906      1.1  christos /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    907      1.1  christos 
    908      1.1  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    909      1.1  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    910      1.1  christos   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    911      1.1  christos 
    912      1.1  christos /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    913      1.1  christos #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    914      1.1  christos 
    915      1.1  christos /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    916      1.1  christos 
    917      1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    918      1.1  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    919      1.1  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    920      1.1  christos 			    const char *string)
    921      1.1  christos {
    922      1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    923      1.1  christos 
    924      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    925      1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    926      1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
    927      1.1  christos     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    928      1.1  christos 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    929      1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
    930      1.1  christos     return ret;
    931      1.1  christos 
    932      1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    933      1.1  christos   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    934      1.1  christos   if (ret != NULL)
    935      1.1  christos     {
    936      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    937      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    938      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    939      1.1  christos     }
    940      1.1  christos 
    941      1.1  christos   return ret;
    942      1.1  christos }
    943  1.1.1.4  christos 
    944  1.1.1.4  christos /* Destroy an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    945  1.1.1.4  christos 
    946  1.1.1.4  christos static void
    947  1.1.1.4  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    948  1.1.1.4  christos {
    949  1.1.1.4  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
    950  1.1.1.4  christos 
    951  1.1.1.4  christos   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    952  1.1.1.4  christos 
    953  1.1.1.4  christos   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
    954  1.1.1.4  christos     {
    955  1.1.1.4  christos       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
    956  1.1.1.4  christos       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
    957  1.1.1.4  christos     }
    958  1.1.1.4  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    959  1.1.1.4  christos }
    960      1.1  christos 
    961      1.1  christos /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    962      1.1  christos 
    963      1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    964      1.1  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    965      1.1  christos {
    966      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    967      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    968  1.1.1.2  christos 
    969      1.1  christos   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    970      1.1  christos   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    971      1.1  christos     return NULL;
    972      1.1  christos 
    973      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    974      1.1  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    975      1.1  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    976      1.1  christos 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    977      1.1  christos     {
    978      1.1  christos       free (ret);
    979      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    980  1.1.1.4  christos     }
    981      1.1  christos   ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free;
    982      1.1  christos 
    983      1.1  christos   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
    984      1.1  christos 
    985      1.1  christos   return &ret->root.root;
    986      1.1  christos }
    987      1.1  christos 
    988      1.1  christos /* Set the right machine number.  */
    989      1.1  christos 
    990      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    991      1.1  christos elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    992      1.1  christos {
    993      1.1  christos   unsigned int mach = 0;
    994      1.1  christos   unsigned features = 0;
    995      1.1  christos   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
    996      1.1  christos 
    997      1.1  christos   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
    998      1.1  christos     features |= m68000;
    999      1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1000      1.1  christos     features |= cpu32;
   1001      1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1002      1.1  christos     features |= fido_a;
   1003      1.1  christos   else
   1004      1.1  christos     {
   1005      1.1  christos       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1006      1.1  christos 	{
   1007      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1008      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1009      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1010      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1011      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1012      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1013      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1014      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1015      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1016      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1017      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1018      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1019      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1020      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1021      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1022      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1023      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1024      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1025      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1026      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1027      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1028      1.1  christos 	}
   1029      1.1  christos       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1030      1.1  christos 	{
   1031      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1032      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1033      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1034      1.1  christos 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1035      1.1  christos 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1036      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1037      1.1  christos 	}
   1038      1.1  christos       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1039      1.1  christos 	features |= cfloat;
   1040      1.1  christos     }
   1041      1.1  christos 
   1042      1.1  christos   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1043      1.1  christos   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1044      1.1  christos 
   1045      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1046      1.1  christos }
   1047      1.1  christos 
   1048      1.1  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1049      1.1  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1050      1.1  christos 
   1051      1.1  christos static void
   1052      1.1  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1053      1.1  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1054      1.1  christos {
   1055      1.1  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1056      1.1  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1057      1.1  christos 
   1058      1.1  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1059      1.1  christos     {
   1060      1.1  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1061      1.1  christos 
   1062      1.1  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1063      1.1  christos 
   1064      1.1  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1065      1.1  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1066      1.1  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1067      1.1  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1068      1.1  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1069      1.1  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1070      1.1  christos       else
   1071      1.1  christos 	{
   1072      1.1  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1073      1.1  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1074      1.1  christos 	    {
   1075      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1076      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1077      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1078      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1079      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1080      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1081      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1082      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1083      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1084      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1085      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1086      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1087      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1088      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1089      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1090      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1091      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1092      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1093      1.1  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1094      1.1  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1095      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1096      1.1  christos 	    }
   1097      1.1  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1098      1.1  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1099      1.1  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1100      1.1  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1101      1.1  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1102      1.1  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1103      1.1  christos 	}
   1104      1.1  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1105      1.1  christos     }
   1106      1.1  christos }
   1107      1.1  christos 
   1108      1.1  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1109      1.1  christos 
   1110  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   1111      1.1  christos elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
   1112      1.1  christos {
   1113      1.1  christos   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1114      1.1  christos   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1115      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1116      1.1  christos }
   1117      1.1  christos 
   1118      1.1  christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1119      1.1  christos    object file when linking.  */
   1120  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   1121      1.1  christos elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   1122      1.1  christos {
   1123      1.1  christos   flagword out_flags;
   1124      1.1  christos   flagword in_flags;
   1125      1.1  christos   flagword out_isa;
   1126      1.1  christos   flagword in_isa;
   1127      1.1  christos   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1128      1.1  christos 
   1129      1.1  christos   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1130      1.1  christos       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1131      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1132      1.1  christos 
   1133      1.1  christos   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1134      1.1  christos      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1135      1.1  christos      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1136      1.1  christos   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1137      1.1  christos   if (!arch_info)
   1138      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1139      1.1  christos 
   1140      1.1  christos   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1141      1.1  christos 
   1142      1.1  christos   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1143      1.1  christos   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1144      1.1  christos     {
   1145      1.1  christos       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1146      1.1  christos       out_flags = in_flags;
   1147      1.1  christos     }
   1148      1.1  christos   else
   1149      1.1  christos     {
   1150      1.1  christos       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1151      1.1  christos       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1152      1.1  christos 
   1153      1.1  christos       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1154      1.1  christos 	variant_mask = 0;
   1155      1.1  christos       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1156      1.1  christos 	variant_mask = 0;
   1157      1.1  christos       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1158      1.1  christos 	variant_mask = 0;
   1159      1.1  christos       else
   1160      1.1  christos 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1161      1.1  christos 
   1162      1.1  christos       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1163      1.1  christos       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1164      1.1  christos       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1165      1.1  christos 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1166      1.1  christos       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1167      1.1  christos 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1168      1.1  christos 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1169      1.1  christos 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1170      1.1  christos 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1171      1.1  christos       else
   1172      1.1  christos       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1173      1.1  christos     }
   1174      1.1  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1175      1.1  christos 
   1176      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1177      1.1  christos }
   1178      1.1  christos 
   1179      1.1  christos /* Display the flags field.  */
   1180      1.1  christos 
   1181      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1182      1.1  christos elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1183      1.1  christos {
   1184      1.1  christos   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1185      1.1  christos   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1186      1.1  christos 
   1187      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1188      1.1  christos 
   1189      1.1  christos   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1190      1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1191      1.1  christos 
   1192      1.1  christos   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1193      1.1  christos 
   1194      1.1  christos   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1195      1.1  christos   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1196      1.1  christos 
   1197      1.1  christos   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1198      1.1  christos     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1199      1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1200      1.1  christos     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1201      1.1  christos   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1202      1.1  christos     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1203      1.1  christos   else
   1204      1.1  christos     {
   1205      1.1  christos       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1206      1.1  christos 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1207      1.1  christos 
   1208      1.1  christos       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1209      1.1  christos 	{
   1210      1.1  christos 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1211      1.1  christos 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1212      1.1  christos 	  char const *additional = "";
   1213      1.1  christos 
   1214      1.1  christos 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1215      1.1  christos 	    {
   1216      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1217      1.1  christos 	      isa = "A";
   1218      1.1  christos 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1219      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1220      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1221      1.1  christos 	      isa = "A";
   1222      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1223      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1224      1.1  christos 	      isa = "A+";
   1225      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1226      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1227      1.1  christos 	      isa = "B";
   1228      1.1  christos 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1229      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1230      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1231      1.1  christos 	      isa = "B";
   1232      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1233      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1234      1.1  christos 	      isa = "C";
   1235      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1236      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1237      1.1  christos 	      isa = "C";
   1238      1.1  christos 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1239      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1240      1.1  christos 	    }
   1241      1.1  christos 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1242      1.1  christos 
   1243      1.1  christos 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1244      1.1  christos 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1245      1.1  christos 
   1246      1.1  christos 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1247      1.1  christos 	    {
   1248      1.1  christos 	    case 0:
   1249      1.1  christos 	      mac = NULL;
   1250      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1251      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1252      1.1  christos 	      mac = "mac";
   1253      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1254      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1255      1.1  christos 	      mac = "emac";
   1256      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1257      1.1  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1258      1.1  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1259      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1260      1.1  christos 	    }
   1261      1.1  christos 	  if (mac)
   1262      1.1  christos 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1263      1.1  christos 	}
   1264      1.1  christos     }
   1265      1.1  christos 
   1266      1.1  christos   fputc ('\n', file);
   1267      1.1  christos 
   1268      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1269      1.1  christos }
   1270      1.1  christos 
   1271      1.1  christos /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1272      1.1  christos 
   1273      1.1  christos    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1274      1.1  christos    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1275      1.1  christos    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1276      1.1  christos    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1277      1.1  christos    to user.
   1278      1.1  christos    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1279      1.1  christos    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1280      1.1  christos 
   1281      1.1  christos    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1282      1.1  christos    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1283      1.1  christos    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1284      1.1  christos    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1285      1.1  christos    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1286      1.1  christos    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1287      1.1  christos 
   1288      1.1  christos    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1289      1.1  christos    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1290      1.1  christos    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1291      1.1  christos    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1292      1.1  christos    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1293      1.1  christos    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1294      1.1  christos    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1295      1.1  christos    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1296      1.1  christos    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1297      1.1  christos    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1298      1.1  christos    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1299      1.1  christos    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1300      1.1  christos    to the outside world.
   1301      1.1  christos 
   1302      1.1  christos    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1303      1.1  christos    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1304      1.1  christos    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1305      1.1  christos    big GOT.
   1306      1.1  christos 
   1307      1.1  christos    Notes:
   1308      1.1  christos 
   1309      1.1  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1310      1.1  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1311      1.1  christos    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1312      1.1  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1313      1.1  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1314      1.1  christos    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1315      1.1  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1316      1.1  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1317      1.1  christos    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1318      1.1  christos    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1319      1.1  christos    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1320      1.1  christos    to correctly detect overflow.
   1321      1.1  christos 
   1322      1.1  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1323      1.1  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1324      1.1  christos    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1325      1.1  christos 
   1326      1.1  christos    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1327      1.1  christos    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1328      1.1  christos    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1329      1.1  christos    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1330      1.1  christos    subtracted from them.
   1331      1.1  christos 
   1332      1.1  christos    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1333      1.1  christos    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1334      1.1  christos    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1335      1.1  christos 
   1336      1.1  christos    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1337      1.1  christos    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1338      1.1  christos    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1339      1.1  christos    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1340      1.1  christos    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1341      1.1  christos    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1342      1.1  christos    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1343      1.1  christos    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1344      1.1  christos 
   1345      1.1  christos /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1346      1.1  christos 
   1347      1.1  christos static void
   1348      1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1349      1.1  christos {
   1350      1.1  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1351      1.1  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1352      1.1  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1353      1.1  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1354      1.1  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1355      1.1  christos   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1356      1.1  christos }
   1357      1.1  christos 
   1358      1.1  christos /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1359      1.1  christos 
   1360      1.1  christos static void
   1361      1.1  christos elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1362      1.1  christos {
   1363      1.1  christos   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1364      1.1  christos     {
   1365      1.1  christos       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1366      1.1  christos       got->entries = NULL;
   1367      1.1  christos     }
   1368      1.1  christos }
   1369      1.1  christos 
   1370      1.1  christos /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1371      1.1  christos    should be allocated.  */
   1372      1.1  christos 
   1373      1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1374      1.1  christos elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1375      1.1  christos {
   1376      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1377      1.1  christos 
   1378      1.1  christos   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1379      1.1  christos   if (got == NULL)
   1380      1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1381      1.1  christos 
   1382      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1383      1.1  christos 
   1384      1.1  christos   return got;
   1385      1.1  christos }
   1386      1.1  christos 
   1387      1.1  christos /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1388      1.1  christos 
   1389      1.1  christos static void
   1390      1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1391      1.1  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1392      1.1  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1393      1.1  christos 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1394      1.1  christos {
   1395      1.1  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1396      1.1  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1397      1.1  christos     {
   1398      1.1  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1399      1.1  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1400      1.1  christos     }
   1401      1.1  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1402      1.1  christos     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1403      1.1  christos     {
   1404      1.1  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1405      1.1  christos       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1406      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1407      1.1  christos     }
   1408      1.1  christos   else
   1409      1.1  christos     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1410      1.1  christos     {
   1411      1.1  christos       key->bfd = abfd;
   1412      1.1  christos       key->symndx = symndx;
   1413      1.1  christos     }
   1414      1.1  christos 
   1415      1.1  christos   key->type = reloc_type;
   1416      1.1  christos }
   1417      1.1  christos 
   1418      1.1  christos /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1419      1.1  christos    ??? Is it good?  */
   1420      1.1  christos 
   1421      1.1  christos static hashval_t
   1422      1.1  christos elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1423      1.1  christos {
   1424      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1425      1.1  christos 
   1426      1.1  christos   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1427      1.1  christos 
   1428      1.1  christos   return (key->symndx
   1429      1.1  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1430      1.1  christos 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1431      1.1  christos }
   1432      1.1  christos 
   1433      1.1  christos /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1434      1.1  christos 
   1435      1.1  christos static int
   1436      1.1  christos elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1437      1.1  christos {
   1438      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1439      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1440      1.1  christos 
   1441      1.1  christos   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1442      1.1  christos   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1443      1.1  christos 
   1444      1.1  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1445      1.1  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1446      1.1  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1447      1.1  christos 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1448      1.1  christos }
   1449      1.1  christos 
   1450      1.1  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1451      1.1  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1452      1.1  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1453      1.1  christos 
   1454      1.1  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1455      1.1  christos #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1456      1.1  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1457      1.1  christos    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1458      1.1  christos    : 0x20)
   1459      1.1  christos 
   1460      1.1  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1461      1.1  christos #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1462      1.1  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1463      1.1  christos    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1464      1.1  christos    : 0x2000)
   1465      1.1  christos 
   1466      1.1  christos /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1467      1.1  christos    the entry cannot be found.
   1468      1.1  christos    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1469      1.1  christos    no such.
   1470      1.1  christos    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1471      1.1  christos    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1472      1.1  christos enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1473      1.1  christos   {
   1474      1.1  christos     SEARCH,
   1475      1.1  christos     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1476      1.1  christos     MUST_FIND,
   1477      1.1  christos     MUST_CREATE
   1478      1.1  christos   };
   1479      1.1  christos 
   1480      1.1  christos /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1481      1.1  christos    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1482      1.1  christos    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1483      1.1  christos 
   1484      1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1485      1.1  christos elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1486      1.1  christos 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1487      1.1  christos 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1488      1.1  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1489      1.1  christos {
   1490      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1491      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1492      1.1  christos   void **ptr;
   1493      1.1  christos 
   1494      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1495      1.1  christos 
   1496      1.1  christos   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1497      1.1  christos     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1498      1.1  christos     {
   1499      1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1500      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1501      1.1  christos 
   1502      1.1  christos       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1503      1.1  christos 				      (info),
   1504      1.1  christos 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1505      1.1  christos 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1506      1.1  christos       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1507      1.1  christos 	{
   1508      1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1509      1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   1510      1.1  christos 	}
   1511      1.1  christos     }
   1512      1.1  christos 
   1513      1.1  christos   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1514      1.1  christos   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1515      1.1  christos 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1516      1.1  christos   if (ptr == NULL)
   1517      1.1  christos     {
   1518      1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1519      1.1  christos 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1520      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1521      1.1  christos 
   1522      1.1  christos       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1523      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1524      1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1525      1.1  christos     }
   1526      1.1  christos 
   1527      1.1  christos   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1528      1.1  christos     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1529      1.1  christos     {
   1530      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1531      1.1  christos 
   1532      1.1  christos       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1533      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1534      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1535      1.1  christos 
   1536      1.1  christos       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1537      1.1  christos       entry->key_ = *key;
   1538      1.1  christos 
   1539      1.1  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1540      1.1  christos 
   1541      1.1  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1542      1.1  christos       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1543      1.1  christos 
   1544      1.1  christos       *ptr = entry;
   1545      1.1  christos     }
   1546      1.1  christos   else
   1547      1.1  christos     /* We found the entry.  */
   1548      1.1  christos     {
   1549      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1550      1.1  christos 
   1551      1.1  christos       entry = *ptr;
   1552      1.1  christos     }
   1553      1.1  christos 
   1554      1.1  christos   return entry;
   1555      1.1  christos }
   1556      1.1  christos 
   1557      1.1  christos /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1558      1.1  christos    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1559      1.1  christos 
   1560      1.1  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1561      1.1  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1562      1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1563      1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1564      1.1  christos {
   1565      1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1566      1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1567      1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1568      1.1  christos 
   1569      1.1  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1570      1.1  christos     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1571      1.1  christos     {
   1572      1.1  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1573      1.1  christos       was_size = R_LAST;
   1574      1.1  christos 
   1575      1.1  christos       was = new_reloc;
   1576      1.1  christos     }
   1577      1.1  christos   else
   1578      1.1  christos     {
   1579      1.1  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1580      1.1  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1581      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1582      1.1  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1583      1.1  christos 
   1584      1.1  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1585      1.1  christos     }
   1586      1.1  christos 
   1587      1.1  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1588      1.1  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1589      1.1  christos 
   1590      1.1  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1591      1.1  christos     {
   1592      1.1  christos       --was_size;
   1593      1.1  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1594      1.1  christos     }
   1595      1.1  christos 
   1596      1.1  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1597      1.1  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1598      1.1  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1599      1.1  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1600      1.1  christos 
   1601      1.1  christos   return was;
   1602      1.1  christos }
   1603      1.1  christos 
   1604      1.1  christos /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE.  */
   1605      1.1  christos 
   1606      1.1  christos static void
   1607      1.1  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1608      1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
   1609      1.1  christos {
   1610      1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
   1611      1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1612      1.1  christos 
   1613      1.1  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1614      1.1  christos 
   1615      1.1  christos   /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
   1616      1.1  christos      and all greater offset sizes.  */
   1617      1.1  christos   for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
   1618      1.1  christos     {
   1619      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
   1620      1.1  christos 
   1621      1.1  christos       got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
   1622      1.1  christos     }
   1623      1.1  christos }
   1624      1.1  christos 
   1625      1.1  christos /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1626      1.1  christos    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1627      1.1  christos    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1628      1.1  christos 
   1629      1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1630      1.1  christos elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1631      1.1  christos 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1632      1.1  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1633      1.1  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1634      1.1  christos 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1635      1.1  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1636      1.1  christos {
   1637      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1638      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1639      1.1  christos 
   1640      1.1  christos   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1641      1.1  christos     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1642      1.1  christos       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1643      1.1  christos 
   1644      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1645      1.1  christos 
   1646      1.1  christos   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1647      1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   1648      1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1649      1.1  christos 
   1650      1.1  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1651      1.1  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1652      1.1  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1653      1.1  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1654      1.1  christos 
   1655      1.1  christos   /* Update refcount.  */
   1656      1.1  christos   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1657      1.1  christos 
   1658      1.1  christos   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1659      1.1  christos     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1660      1.1  christos     {
   1661      1.1  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1662      1.1  christos 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1663      1.1  christos     }
   1664      1.1  christos 
   1665      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1666      1.1  christos 
   1667      1.1  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1668      1.1  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1669      1.1  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1670      1.1  christos 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1671      1.1  christos     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1672      1.1  christos     {
   1673      1.1  christos       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1674      1.1  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1675      1.1  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1676      1.1  christos 				 "offset > %d"),
   1677      1.1  christos 			       abfd,
   1678      1.1  christos 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1679      1.1  christos       else
   1680      1.1  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1681      1.1  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1682      1.1  christos 				 "offset > %d"),
   1683      1.1  christos 			       abfd,
   1684      1.1  christos 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1685      1.1  christos 
   1686      1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1687      1.1  christos     }
   1688      1.1  christos 
   1689      1.1  christos   return entry;
   1690      1.1  christos }
   1691      1.1  christos 
   1692      1.1  christos /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1693      1.1  christos 
   1694      1.1  christos static hashval_t
   1695      1.1  christos elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1696      1.1  christos {
   1697      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1698      1.1  christos 
   1699      1.1  christos   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1700      1.1  christos 
   1701      1.1  christos   return e->bfd->id;
   1702      1.1  christos }
   1703      1.1  christos 
   1704      1.1  christos /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1705      1.1  christos 
   1706      1.1  christos static int
   1707      1.1  christos elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1708      1.1  christos {
   1709      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1710      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1711      1.1  christos 
   1712      1.1  christos   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1713      1.1  christos   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1714      1.1  christos 
   1715      1.1  christos   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1716      1.1  christos }
   1717      1.1  christos 
   1718      1.1  christos /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1719      1.1  christos 
   1720      1.1  christos static void
   1721      1.1  christos elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1722      1.1  christos {
   1723      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1724      1.1  christos 
   1725      1.1  christos   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1726      1.1  christos 
   1727      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1728      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1729      1.1  christos }
   1730      1.1  christos 
   1731      1.1  christos /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1732      1.1  christos    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1733      1.1  christos    memory should be allocated.  */
   1734      1.1  christos 
   1735      1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1736      1.1  christos elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1737      1.1  christos 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1738      1.1  christos 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1739      1.1  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1740      1.1  christos {
   1741      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1742      1.1  christos   void **ptr;
   1743      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1744      1.1  christos 
   1745      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1746      1.1  christos 
   1747      1.1  christos   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1748      1.1  christos     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1749      1.1  christos     {
   1750      1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1751      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1752      1.1  christos 
   1753      1.1  christos       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1754      1.1  christos 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1755      1.1  christos 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1756      1.1  christos       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1757      1.1  christos 	{
   1758      1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1759      1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   1760      1.1  christos 	}
   1761      1.1  christos     }
   1762      1.1  christos 
   1763      1.1  christos   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1764      1.1  christos   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1765      1.1  christos 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1766      1.1  christos   if (ptr == NULL)
   1767      1.1  christos     {
   1768      1.1  christos       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1769      1.1  christos 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1770      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1771      1.1  christos 
   1772      1.1  christos       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1773      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1774      1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1775      1.1  christos     }
   1776      1.1  christos 
   1777      1.1  christos   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1778      1.1  christos     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1779      1.1  christos     {
   1780      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1781      1.1  christos 
   1782      1.1  christos       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1783      1.1  christos 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1784      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1785      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1786      1.1  christos 
   1787      1.1  christos       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1788      1.1  christos 
   1789      1.1  christos       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1790      1.1  christos       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1791      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1792      1.1  christos 
   1793      1.1  christos       *ptr = entry;
   1794      1.1  christos     }
   1795      1.1  christos   else
   1796      1.1  christos     {
   1797      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1798      1.1  christos 
   1799      1.1  christos       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1800      1.1  christos       entry = *ptr;
   1801      1.1  christos     }
   1802      1.1  christos 
   1803      1.1  christos   return entry;
   1804      1.1  christos }
   1805      1.1  christos 
   1806      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1807      1.1  christos {
   1808      1.1  christos   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1809      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1810      1.1  christos 
   1811      1.1  christos   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1812      1.1  christos      BIG.  */
   1813      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1814      1.1  christos 
   1815      1.1  christos   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1816      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1817      1.1  christos 
   1818      1.1  christos   /* Error flag.  */
   1819      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1820      1.1  christos };
   1821      1.1  christos 
   1822      1.1  christos /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1823      1.1  christos    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1824      1.1  christos 
   1825      1.1  christos static int
   1826      1.1  christos elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1827      1.1  christos {
   1828      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1829      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1830      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1831      1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1832      1.1  christos 
   1833      1.1  christos   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1834      1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1835      1.1  christos 
   1836      1.1  christos   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1837      1.1  christos 
   1838      1.1  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1839      1.1  christos     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1840      1.1  christos     {
   1841      1.1  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1842      1.1  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1843      1.1  christos 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1844      1.1  christos 
   1845      1.1  christos       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1846      1.1  christos 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1847      1.1  christos 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1848      1.1  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1849      1.1  christos 	type = R_68K_max;
   1850      1.1  christos     }
   1851      1.1  christos   else
   1852      1.1  christos     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1853      1.1  christos     {
   1854      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1855      1.1  christos 
   1856      1.1  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1857      1.1  christos 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1858      1.1  christos 
   1859      1.1  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1860      1.1  christos 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1861      1.1  christos     }
   1862      1.1  christos 
   1863      1.1  christos   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1864      1.1  christos     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1865      1.1  christos     {
   1866      1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1867      1.1  christos 
   1868      1.1  christos       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1869      1.1  christos 				      arg->info);
   1870      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1871      1.1  christos 	{
   1872      1.1  christos 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1873      1.1  christos 	  return 0;
   1874      1.1  christos 	}
   1875      1.1  christos 
   1876      1.1  christos       entry->key_.type = type;
   1877      1.1  christos     }
   1878      1.1  christos 
   1879      1.1  christos   return 1;
   1880      1.1  christos }
   1881      1.1  christos 
   1882      1.1  christos /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1883      1.1  christos    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1884      1.1  christos    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1885      1.1  christos    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1886      1.1  christos 
   1887      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1888      1.1  christos elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1889      1.1  christos 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1890      1.1  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1891      1.1  christos 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1892      1.1  christos {
   1893      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1894      1.1  christos 
   1895      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1896      1.1  christos 
   1897      1.1  christos   arg_.big = big;
   1898      1.1  christos   arg_.diff = diff;
   1899      1.1  christos   arg_.info = info;
   1900      1.1  christos   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1901      1.1  christos   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1902      1.1  christos   if (arg_.error_p)
   1903      1.1  christos     {
   1904      1.1  christos       diff->offset = 0;
   1905      1.1  christos       return FALSE;
   1906      1.1  christos     }
   1907      1.1  christos 
   1908      1.1  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1909      1.1  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1910      1.1  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1911      1.1  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1912      1.1  christos 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1913      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1914      1.1  christos 
   1915      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1916      1.1  christos }
   1917      1.1  christos 
   1918      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1919      1.1  christos {
   1920      1.1  christos   /* The BIG got.  */
   1921      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1922      1.1  christos 
   1923      1.1  christos   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1924      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1925      1.1  christos 
   1926      1.1  christos   /* Error flag.  */
   1927      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1928      1.1  christos };
   1929      1.1  christos 
   1930      1.1  christos /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1931      1.1  christos    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1932      1.1  christos 
   1933      1.1  christos static int
   1934      1.1  christos elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1935      1.1  christos {
   1936      1.1  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1937      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1938      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1939      1.1  christos 
   1940      1.1  christos   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1941      1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1942      1.1  christos 
   1943      1.1  christos   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1944      1.1  christos 			       arg->info);
   1945      1.1  christos   if (to == NULL)
   1946      1.1  christos     {
   1947      1.1  christos       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1948      1.1  christos       return 0;
   1949      1.1  christos     }
   1950      1.1  christos 
   1951      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1952      1.1  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1953      1.1  christos   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1954      1.1  christos 
   1955      1.1  christos   return 1;
   1956      1.1  christos }
   1957      1.1  christos 
   1958      1.1  christos /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   1959      1.1  christos    allocated.  */
   1960      1.1  christos 
   1961      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1962      1.1  christos elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1963      1.1  christos 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   1964      1.1  christos 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1965      1.1  christos {
   1966      1.1  christos   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   1967      1.1  christos     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   1968      1.1  christos     {
   1969      1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1970      1.1  christos 
   1971      1.1  christos       /* Merge entries.  */
   1972      1.1  christos       arg_.big = big;
   1973      1.1  christos       arg_.info = info;
   1974      1.1  christos       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1975      1.1  christos       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1976      1.1  christos       if (arg_.error_p)
   1977      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   1978      1.1  christos 
   1979      1.1  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   1980      1.1  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   1981      1.1  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   1982      1.1  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   1983      1.1  christos       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   1984      1.1  christos     }
   1985      1.1  christos   else
   1986      1.1  christos     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   1987      1.1  christos     {
   1988      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   1989      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   1990      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   1991      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   1992      1.1  christos     }
   1993      1.1  christos 
   1994      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   1995      1.1  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   1996      1.1  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1997      1.1  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   1998      1.1  christos 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   1999      1.1  christos 
   2000      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2001      1.1  christos }
   2002      1.1  christos 
   2003      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   2004      1.1  christos {
   2005      1.1  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   2006      1.1  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   2007      1.1  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2008      1.1  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   2009      1.1  christos   bfd_vma *offset2;
   2010      1.1  christos 
   2011      1.1  christos   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2012      1.1  christos      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2013      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2014      1.1  christos 
   2015      1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2016      1.1  christos };
   2017      1.1  christos 
   2018      1.1  christos /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2019      1.1  christos    along the way.  */
   2020      1.1  christos 
   2021      1.1  christos static int
   2022      1.1  christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2023      1.1  christos {
   2024      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2025      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2026      1.1  christos 
   2027      1.1  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2028      1.1  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2029      1.1  christos 
   2030      1.1  christos   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2031      1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2032      1.1  christos 
   2033      1.1  christos   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2034      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2035      1.1  christos 
   2036      1.1  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2037      1.1  christos   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2038      1.1  christos 
   2039      1.1  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2040      1.1  christos   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2041      1.1  christos 
   2042      1.1  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2043      1.1  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2044      1.1  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2045      1.1  christos     {
   2046      1.1  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2047      1.1  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2048      1.1  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2049      1.1  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2050      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2051      1.1  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2052      1.1  christos 
   2053      1.1  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2054      1.1  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2055      1.1  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2056      1.1  christos 
   2057      1.1  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2058      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2059      1.1  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2060      1.1  christos     }
   2061      1.1  christos 
   2062      1.1  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2063      1.1  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2064      1.1  christos   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2065      1.1  christos 
   2066      1.1  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2067      1.1  christos     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2068      1.1  christos     {
   2069      1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2070      1.1  christos 
   2071      1.1  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2072      1.1  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2073      1.1  christos 	{
   2074      1.1  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2075      1.1  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2076      1.1  christos 	}
   2077      1.1  christos       else
   2078      1.1  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2079      1.1  christos 	{
   2080      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2081      1.1  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2082      1.1  christos 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2083      1.1  christos 
   2084      1.1  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2085      1.1  christos 	}
   2086      1.1  christos     }
   2087      1.1  christos   else
   2088      1.1  christos     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2089      1.1  christos     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2090      1.1  christos 
   2091      1.1  christos   return 1;
   2092      1.1  christos }
   2093      1.1  christos 
   2094      1.1  christos /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2095      1.1  christos    should use negative offsets.
   2096      1.1  christos    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2097      1.1  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2098      1.1  christos    global symbols.
   2099      1.1  christos    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2100      1.1  christos 
   2101      1.1  christos static void
   2102      1.1  christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2103      1.1  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2104      1.1  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2105      1.1  christos 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2106      1.1  christos {
   2107      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2108      1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2109      1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2110      1.1  christos   int i;
   2111      1.1  christos   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2112      1.1  christos 
   2113      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2114      1.1  christos 
   2115      1.1  christos   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2116      1.1  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2117      1.1  christos      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2118      1.1  christos      from.  */
   2119      1.1  christos 
   2120      1.1  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2121      1.1  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2122      1.1  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2123      1.1  christos 
   2124      1.1  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2125      1.1  christos 
   2126      1.1  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2127      1.1  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2128      1.1  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2129      1.1  christos   else
   2130      1.1  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2131      1.1  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2132      1.1  christos 
   2133      1.1  christos   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2134      1.1  christos     {
   2135      1.1  christos       int j;
   2136      1.1  christos       size_t n;
   2137      1.1  christos 
   2138      1.1  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2139      1.1  christos       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2140      1.1  christos 
   2141      1.1  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2142      1.1  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2143      1.1  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2144      1.1  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2145      1.1  christos 
   2146      1.1  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2147      1.1  christos 	{
   2148      1.1  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2149      1.1  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2150      1.1  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2151      1.1  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2152      1.1  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2153      1.1  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2154      1.1  christos 	  else
   2155      1.1  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2156      1.1  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2157      1.1  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2158      1.1  christos 	}
   2159      1.1  christos 
   2160      1.1  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2161      1.1  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2162      1.1  christos       n = 4 * n;
   2163      1.1  christos 
   2164      1.1  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2165      1.1  christos       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2166      1.1  christos 
   2167      1.1  christos       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2168      1.1  christos     }
   2169      1.1  christos 
   2170      1.1  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2171      1.1  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2172      1.1  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2173      1.1  christos        the bug.  */
   2174      1.1  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2175      1.1  christos       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2176      1.1  christos 
   2177      1.1  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2178      1.1  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2179      1.1  christos   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2180      1.1  christos 
   2181      1.1  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2182      1.1  christos   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2183      1.1  christos 
   2184      1.1  christos   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2185      1.1  christos   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2186      1.1  christos 
   2187      1.1  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2188      1.1  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2189      1.1  christos     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2190      1.1  christos 
   2191      1.1  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2192      1.1  christos   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2193      1.1  christos }
   2194      1.1  christos 
   2195      1.1  christos struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2196      1.1  christos {
   2197      1.1  christos   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2198      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2199      1.1  christos 
   2200      1.1  christos   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2201      1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset;
   2202      1.1  christos 
   2203      1.1  christos   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2204      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2205      1.1  christos 
   2206      1.1  christos   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2207      1.1  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2208      1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2209      1.1  christos 
   2210      1.1  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2211      1.1  christos      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2212      1.1  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2213      1.1  christos   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2214      1.1  christos 
   2215      1.1  christos   /* Error flag.  */
   2216      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2217      1.1  christos 
   2218      1.1  christos   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2219      1.1  christos      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2220      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2221      1.1  christos };
   2222      1.1  christos 
   2223      1.1  christos static void
   2224      1.1  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2225      1.1  christos {
   2226      1.1  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2227      1.1  christos 
   2228      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2229      1.1  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2230      1.1  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2231      1.1  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2232      1.1  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2233      1.1  christos 
   2234      1.1  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2235  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2236      1.1  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (arg->info))
   2237      1.1  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2238      1.1  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2239      1.1  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2240      1.1  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2241      1.1  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2242      1.1  christos 
   2243      1.1  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2244      1.1  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2245      1.1  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2246      1.1  christos 
   2247      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2248      1.1  christos }
   2249      1.1  christos 
   2250      1.1  christos 
   2251      1.1  christos /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2252      1.1  christos    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2253      1.1  christos 
   2254      1.1  christos static int
   2255      1.1  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2256      1.1  christos {
   2257      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2258      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2259      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2260      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2261      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2262      1.1  christos 
   2263      1.1  christos   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2264      1.1  christos   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2265      1.1  christos 
   2266      1.1  christos   got = entry->got;
   2267      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2268      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2269      1.1  christos 
   2270      1.1  christos   diff = NULL;
   2271      1.1  christos 
   2272      1.1  christos   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2273      1.1  christos     /* Construct diff.  */
   2274      1.1  christos     {
   2275      1.1  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2276      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2277      1.1  christos 
   2278      1.1  christos       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2279      1.1  christos 	{
   2280      1.1  christos 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2281      1.1  christos 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2282      1.1  christos 	    {
   2283      1.1  christos 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2284      1.1  christos 	      goto final_return;
   2285      1.1  christos 	    }
   2286      1.1  christos 
   2287      1.1  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2288      1.1  christos 	    {
   2289      1.1  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2290      1.1  christos 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2291      1.1  christos 	      diff = NULL;
   2292      1.1  christos 	    }
   2293      1.1  christos 	  /* else
   2294      1.1  christos 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2295      1.1  christos 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2296      1.1  christos 
   2297      1.1  christos 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2298      1.1  christos 	}
   2299      1.1  christos     }
   2300      1.1  christos   else
   2301      1.1  christos     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2302      1.1  christos     {
   2303      1.1  christos       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2304      1.1  christos       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2305      1.1  christos       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2306      1.1  christos 	{
   2307      1.1  christos 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2308      1.1  christos 	  goto final_return;
   2309      1.1  christos 	}
   2310      1.1  christos 
   2311      1.1  christos       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2312      1.1  christos 
   2313      1.1  christos       diff = got;
   2314      1.1  christos     }
   2315      1.1  christos 
   2316      1.1  christos   if (diff != NULL)
   2317      1.1  christos     {
   2318      1.1  christos       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2319      1.1  christos 	{
   2320      1.1  christos 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2321      1.1  christos 	  goto final_return;
   2322      1.1  christos 	}
   2323      1.1  christos 
   2324      1.1  christos       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2325      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2326      1.1  christos 
   2327      1.1  christos       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2328      1.1  christos     }
   2329      1.1  christos   else
   2330      1.1  christos     {
   2331      1.1  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2332      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2333      1.1  christos 
   2334      1.1  christos       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2335      1.1  christos       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2336      1.1  christos 
   2337      1.1  christos       /* Retry.  */
   2338      1.1  christos       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2339      1.1  christos 	{
   2340      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2341      1.1  christos 	  goto final_return;
   2342      1.1  christos 	}
   2343      1.1  christos     }
   2344      1.1  christos 
   2345      1.1  christos  final_return:
   2346      1.1  christos   if (diff != NULL)
   2347      1.1  christos     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2348      1.1  christos 
   2349      1.1  christos   return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
   2350      1.1  christos }
   2351      1.1  christos 
   2352      1.1  christos /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2353      1.1  christos 
   2354      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2355      1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2356      1.1  christos 			  void *_arg)
   2357      1.1  christos {
   2358      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2359      1.1  christos 
   2360      1.1  christos   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2361      1.1  christos 
   2362      1.1  christos   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2363      1.1  christos     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2364      1.1  christos     {
   2365      1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2366      1.1  christos 
   2367      1.1  christos       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2368      1.1  christos 
   2369      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2370      1.1  christos       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2371      1.1  christos     }
   2372      1.1  christos 
   2373      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2374      1.1  christos }
   2375      1.1  christos 
   2376      1.1  christos /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2377      1.1  christos    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2378      1.1  christos    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2379      1.1  christos 
   2380      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2381      1.1  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2382      1.1  christos {
   2383      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2384      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2385      1.1  christos 
   2386      1.1  christos   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2387      1.1  christos 
   2388      1.1  christos   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2389      1.1  christos   arg_.offset = 0;
   2390      1.1  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2391      1.1  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2392      1.1  christos   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2393      1.1  christos   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2394      1.1  christos 
   2395      1.1  christos   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2396      1.1  christos     {
   2397      1.1  christos       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2398      1.1  christos       {
   2399      1.1  christos 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2400      1.1  christos 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2401      1.1  christos 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2402      1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2403      1.1  christos 
   2404      1.1  christos 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2405      1.1  christos 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2406      1.1  christos       }
   2407      1.1  christos 
   2408      1.1  christos       /* Partition.  */
   2409      1.1  christos       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2410      1.1  christos 		     &arg_);
   2411      1.1  christos       if (arg_.error_p)
   2412      1.1  christos 	{
   2413      1.1  christos 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2414      1.1  christos 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2415      1.1  christos 
   2416      1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2417      1.1  christos 	}
   2418      1.1  christos 
   2419      1.1  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2420      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2421      1.1  christos 
   2422      1.1  christos       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2423      1.1  christos     }
   2424      1.1  christos 
   2425      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2426      1.1  christos     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2427      1.1  christos     {
   2428      1.1  christos       asection *s;
   2429  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2430      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
   2431      1.1  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2432      1.1  christos 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2433      1.1  christos       else
   2434      1.1  christos 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2435      1.1  christos 
   2436      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2437      1.1  christos       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2438  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2439      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2440      1.1  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2441      1.1  christos 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2442      1.1  christos       else
   2443      1.1  christos 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2444      1.1  christos     }
   2445      1.1  christos   else
   2446      1.1  christos     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2447      1.1  christos 
   2448      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2449      1.1  christos }
   2450      1.1  christos 
   2451      1.1  christos /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
   2452      1.1  christos    to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
   2453      1.1  christos    elf_m68k_remove_got_entry.  */
   2454      1.1  christos 
   2455      1.1  christos static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
   2456      1.1  christos elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2457      1.1  christos 			     struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
   2458      1.1  christos {
   2459      1.1  christos   void **ptr;
   2460      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   2461      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
   2462      1.1  christos 
   2463      1.1  christos   entry_.key_ = *key;
   2464      1.1  christos   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
   2465      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
   2466      1.1  christos 
   2467      1.1  christos   entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
   2468      1.1  christos 
   2469      1.1  christos   return entry_ptr;
   2470      1.1  christos }
   2471      1.1  christos 
   2472      1.1  christos /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT.  */
   2473      1.1  christos 
   2474      1.1  christos static void
   2475      1.1  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2476      1.1  christos 			   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
   2477      1.1  christos {
   2478      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2479      1.1  christos 
   2480      1.1  christos   entry = *entry_ptr;
   2481      1.1  christos 
   2482      1.1  christos   /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet.  */
   2483      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2484      1.1  christos   /* Check that this entry is indeed unused.  */
   2485      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2486      1.1  christos 
   2487      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
   2488      1.1  christos 
   2489      1.1  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   2490      1.1  christos     got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2491      1.1  christos 
   2492      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   2493      1.1  christos 
   2494      1.1  christos   htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
   2495      1.1  christos }
   2496      1.1  christos 
   2497      1.1  christos /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2498      1.1  christos    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2499      1.1  christos    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2500      1.1  christos    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2501      1.1  christos    be copied.  */
   2502      1.1  christos 
   2503      1.1  christos static void
   2504      1.1  christos elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2505      1.1  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2506      1.1  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2507      1.1  christos {
   2508      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2509      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2510      1.1  christos 
   2511      1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2512      1.1  christos 
   2513      1.1  christos   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2514      1.1  christos     return;
   2515      1.1  christos 
   2516      1.1  christos   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2517      1.1  christos   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2518      1.1  christos 
   2519      1.1  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2520      1.1  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2521      1.1  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2522      1.1  christos 
   2523      1.1  christos   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2524      1.1  christos      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2525      1.1  christos      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2526      1.1  christos      at the same time.  */
   2527      1.1  christos   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2528      1.1  christos     {
   2529      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2530      1.1  christos       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet.  */
   2531      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2532      1.1  christos 
   2533      1.1  christos       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2534      1.1  christos       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2535      1.1  christos     }
   2536      1.1  christos }
   2537      1.1  christos 
   2538      1.1  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2539      1.1  christos    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2540      1.1  christos    table.  */
   2541      1.1  christos 
   2542  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   2543  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2544  1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2545  1.1.1.2  christos 		       asection *sec,
   2546      1.1  christos 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2547      1.1  christos {
   2548      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2549      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2550      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2551      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2552      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2553      1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
   2554      1.1  christos   asection *srelgot;
   2555      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   2556      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2557  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2558      1.1  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2559      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2560      1.1  christos 
   2561      1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2562      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2563      1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2564      1.1  christos 
   2565      1.1  christos   sgot = NULL;
   2566      1.1  christos   srelgot = NULL;
   2567      1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   2568      1.1  christos 
   2569      1.1  christos   got = NULL;
   2570      1.1  christos 
   2571      1.1  christos   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2572      1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2573      1.1  christos     {
   2574      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2575      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2576      1.1  christos 
   2577      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2578      1.1  christos 
   2579      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2580      1.1  christos 	h = NULL;
   2581      1.1  christos       else
   2582      1.1  christos 	{
   2583      1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2584      1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2585      1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2586  1.1.1.3  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2587  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2588  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
   2589  1.1.1.3  christos 	     object.  */
   2590      1.1  christos 	  h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
   2591      1.1  christos 	}
   2592      1.1  christos 
   2593      1.1  christos       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2594      1.1  christos 	{
   2595      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2596      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2597      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2598      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   2599      1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2600      1.1  christos 	    break;
   2601      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2602      1.1  christos 
   2603      1.1  christos 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2604      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2605      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2606      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2607      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2608      1.1  christos 
   2609      1.1  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2610      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2611      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2612      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2613      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2614      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2615      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2616      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2617      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2618      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2619      1.1  christos 
   2620      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2621      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2622      1.1  christos 
   2623  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2624      1.1  christos 	      && bfd_link_pic (info))
   2625      1.1  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2626      1.1  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2627      1.1  christos 
   2628      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2629      1.1  christos 
   2630      1.1  christos 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2631      1.1  christos 	    {
   2632      1.1  christos 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2633      1.1  christos 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2634      1.1  christos 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2635      1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2636      1.1  christos 	    }
   2637      1.1  christos 
   2638      1.1  christos 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   2639  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   2640      1.1  christos 	      sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   2641      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2642      1.1  christos 	    }
   2643      1.1  christos 
   2644  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (srelgot == NULL
   2645      1.1  christos 	      && (h != NULL || bfd_link_pic (info)))
   2646  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   2647      1.1  christos 	      srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2648      1.1  christos 	      if (srelgot == NULL)
   2649  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   2650  1.1.1.2  christos 		  flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2651  1.1.1.2  christos 				    | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2652  1.1.1.2  christos 				    | SEC_READONLY);
   2653  1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2654  1.1.1.2  christos 								".rela.got",
   2655      1.1  christos 								flags);
   2656      1.1  christos 		  if (srelgot == NULL
   2657      1.1  christos 		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
   2658      1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   2659      1.1  christos 		}
   2660      1.1  christos 	    }
   2661      1.1  christos 
   2662      1.1  christos 	  if (got == NULL)
   2663      1.1  christos 	    {
   2664      1.1  christos 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2665      1.1  christos 
   2666      1.1  christos 	      bfd2got_entry
   2667      1.1  christos 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2668      1.1  christos 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2669      1.1  christos 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2670      1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2671      1.1  christos 
   2672      1.1  christos 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2673      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2674      1.1  christos 	    }
   2675      1.1  christos 
   2676      1.1  christos 	  {
   2677      1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2678      1.1  christos 
   2679      1.1  christos 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2680      1.1  christos 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2681      1.1  christos 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2682      1.1  christos 						   r_symndx, info);
   2683      1.1  christos 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2684      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   2685      1.1  christos 
   2686      1.1  christos 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2687      1.1  christos 	      {
   2688      1.1  christos 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2689      1.1  christos 		if (h != NULL
   2690      1.1  christos 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2691      1.1  christos 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2692      1.1  christos 		  {
   2693      1.1  christos 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2694      1.1  christos 		      return FALSE;
   2695      1.1  christos 		  }
   2696      1.1  christos 	      }
   2697      1.1  christos 	  }
   2698      1.1  christos 
   2699      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2700      1.1  christos 
   2701      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2702      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2703      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2704      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2705      1.1  christos 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2706      1.1  christos              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2707      1.1  christos              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2708      1.1  christos              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2709      1.1  christos              after all.  */
   2710      1.1  christos 
   2711      1.1  christos 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2712      1.1  christos 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2713      1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   2714      1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2715      1.1  christos 
   2716      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2717      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2718      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2719      1.1  christos 
   2720      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2721      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2722      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2723      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2724      1.1  christos 
   2725      1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   2726      1.1  christos 	    {
   2727      1.1  christos 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2728      1.1  christos 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2729      1.1  christos 		 it does make sense?  */
   2730      1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2731      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   2732      1.1  christos 	    }
   2733      1.1  christos 
   2734      1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2735      1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2736      1.1  christos 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2737      1.1  christos 	    {
   2738      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2739      1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2740      1.1  christos 	    }
   2741      1.1  christos 
   2742      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2743      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2744      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2745      1.1  christos 
   2746      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2747      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2748      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2749      1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2750      1.1  christos 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2751      1.1  christos 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2752      1.1  christos 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2753      1.1  christos 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2754      1.1  christos 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2755      1.1  christos 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2756      1.1  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2757      1.1  christos 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2758  1.1.1.6  christos 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2759      1.1  christos 	  if (!(bfd_link_pic (info)
   2760      1.1  christos 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2761  1.1.1.6  christos 		&& h != NULL
   2762      1.1  christos 		&& (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   2763      1.1  christos 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2764      1.1  christos 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2765      1.1  christos 	    {
   2766      1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   2767      1.1  christos 		{
   2768      1.1  christos 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2769      1.1  christos 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2770      1.1  christos 		     object.  */
   2771      1.1  christos 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2772      1.1  christos 		}
   2773      1.1  christos 	      break;
   2774      1.1  christos 	    }
   2775      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2776      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   2777      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   2778  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   2779  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   2780  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   2781  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   2782  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   2783      1.1  christos 
   2784      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   2785      1.1  christos 	    {
   2786      1.1  christos 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2787      1.1  christos 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2788      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2789  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2790      1.1  christos 	      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   2791      1.1  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2792      1.1  christos 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2793      1.1  christos 	    }
   2794      1.1  christos 
   2795      1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2796  1.1.1.6  christos 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2797      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2798      1.1  christos 	    {
   2799      1.1  christos 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2800      1.1  christos 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2801      1.1  christos 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2802      1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2803      1.1  christos 		{
   2804      1.1  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2805      1.1  christos 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2806      1.1  christos 
   2807      1.1  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2808      1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   2809      1.1  christos 		}
   2810      1.1  christos 
   2811      1.1  christos 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2812      1.1  christos 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2813      1.1  christos 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2814      1.1  christos 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2815      1.1  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2816      1.1  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2817      1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2818      1.1  christos 
   2819      1.1  christos 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2820      1.1  christos 
   2821      1.1  christos 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2822      1.1  christos 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2823      1.1  christos 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2824      1.1  christos 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2825      1.1  christos 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2826      1.1  christos 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2827      1.1  christos 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2828      1.1  christos 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2829      1.1  christos 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2830      1.1  christos 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2831      1.1  christos 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2832      1.1  christos 		{
   2833      1.1  christos 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2834      1.1  christos 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2835      1.1  christos 
   2836      1.1  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   2837      1.1  christos 		    {
   2838      1.1  christos 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2839      1.1  christos 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2840      1.1  christos 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2841      1.1  christos 		    }
   2842      1.1  christos 		  else
   2843      1.1  christos 		    {
   2844      1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   2845      1.1  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2846      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2847      1.1  christos 
   2848      1.1  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2849      1.1  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2850      1.1  christos 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2851      1.1  christos 			return FALSE;
   2852      1.1  christos 
   2853      1.1  christos 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2854      1.1  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2855      1.1  christos 			s = sec;
   2856      1.1  christos 
   2857      1.1  christos 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2858      1.1  christos 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2859      1.1  christos 		    }
   2860      1.1  christos 
   2861      1.1  christos 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2862      1.1  christos 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2863      1.1  christos 		      break;
   2864      1.1  christos 
   2865      1.1  christos 		  if (p == NULL)
   2866      1.1  christos 		    {
   2867      1.1  christos 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2868      1.1  christos 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2869      1.1  christos 		      if (p == NULL)
   2870      1.1  christos 			return FALSE;
   2871      1.1  christos 		      p->next = *head;
   2872      1.1  christos 		      *head = p;
   2873      1.1  christos 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2874      1.1  christos 		      p->count = 0;
   2875      1.1  christos 		    }
   2876      1.1  christos 
   2877      1.1  christos 		  ++p->count;
   2878      1.1  christos 		}
   2879      1.1  christos 	    }
   2880      1.1  christos 
   2881      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2882      1.1  christos 
   2883      1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2884      1.1  christos 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2885      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2886      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2887      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2888      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2889      1.1  christos 
   2890      1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2891      1.1  christos 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2892      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2893      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2894      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   2895      1.1  christos 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2896      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2897      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2898      1.1  christos 
   2899      1.1  christos 	default:
   2900      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2901      1.1  christos 	}
   2902      1.1  christos     }
   2903      1.1  christos 
   2904      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2905      1.1  christos }
   2906      1.1  christos 
   2907      1.1  christos /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2908      1.1  christos    relocation.  */
   2909      1.1  christos 
   2910      1.1  christos static asection *
   2911      1.1  christos elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2912      1.1  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2913      1.1  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2914      1.1  christos 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2915      1.1  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2916      1.1  christos {
   2917      1.1  christos   if (h != NULL)
   2918      1.1  christos     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2919      1.1  christos       {
   2920      1.1  christos       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2921      1.1  christos       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2922      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   2923      1.1  christos       }
   2924      1.1  christos 
   2925      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2926      1.1  christos }
   2927      1.1  christos 
   2928      1.1  christos /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   2929      1.1  christos 
   2930      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2931      1.1  christos elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   2932      1.1  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2933      1.1  christos 			asection *sec,
   2934      1.1  christos 			const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2935      1.1  christos {
   2936      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2937      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2938      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   2939      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2940      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2941  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2942      1.1  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2943      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2944      1.1  christos 
   2945      1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2946      1.1  christos   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2947      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2948      1.1  christos 
   2949      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2950      1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2951      1.1  christos   got = NULL;
   2952      1.1  christos 
   2953      1.1  christos   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2954      1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2955      1.1  christos     {
   2956      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2957      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2958      1.1  christos 
   2959      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2960      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2961      1.1  christos 	{
   2962      1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2963      1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2964      1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2965      1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2966      1.1  christos 	}
   2967      1.1  christos 
   2968      1.1  christos       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2969      1.1  christos 	{
   2970      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2971      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2972      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2973      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   2974      1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2975      1.1  christos 	    break;
   2976      1.1  christos 
   2977      1.1  christos 	  /* FALLTHRU */
   2978      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2979      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2980      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2981      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2982      1.1  christos 
   2983      1.1  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2984      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2985      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2986      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2987      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2988      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2989      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2990      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2991      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2992      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2993      1.1  christos 
   2994      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2995      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2996      1.1  christos 
   2997      1.1  christos 	  if (got == NULL)
   2998      1.1  christos 	    {
   2999      1.1  christos 	      got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3000      1.1  christos 						abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
   3001      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3002      1.1  christos 	    }
   3003      1.1  christos 
   3004      1.1  christos 	  {
   3005      1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3006      1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
   3007      1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   3008      1.1  christos 
   3009      1.1  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
   3010      1.1  christos 					 ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
   3011      1.1  christos 	    got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
   3012      1.1  christos 
   3013      1.1  christos 	    got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
   3014      1.1  christos 
   3015      1.1  christos 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
   3016      1.1  christos 	      {
   3017      1.1  christos 		--got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
   3018      1.1  christos 
   3019      1.1  christos 		if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
   3020      1.1  christos 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   3021      1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
   3022      1.1  christos 	      }
   3023      1.1  christos 	  }
   3024      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3025      1.1  christos 
   3026      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3027      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3028      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3029      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3030      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3031      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3032      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3033      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3034      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3035      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   3036      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   3037      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   3038      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3039      1.1  christos 	    {
   3040      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   3041      1.1  christos 		--h->plt.refcount;
   3042      1.1  christos 	    }
   3043      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3044      1.1  christos 
   3045      1.1  christos 	default:
   3046      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3047      1.1  christos 	}
   3048      1.1  christos     }
   3049      1.1  christos 
   3050      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3051      1.1  christos }
   3052      1.1  christos 
   3053      1.1  christos /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   3055      1.1  christos 
   3056      1.1  christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   3057      1.1  christos elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   3058      1.1  christos {
   3059      1.1  christos   unsigned int features;
   3060      1.1  christos 
   3061      1.1  christos   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   3062      1.1  christos   if (features & cpu32)
   3063      1.1  christos     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   3064      1.1  christos   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   3065      1.1  christos     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   3066      1.1  christos   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   3067      1.1  christos     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   3068      1.1  christos   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   3069      1.1  christos }
   3070      1.1  christos 
   3071      1.1  christos /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   3072      1.1  christos    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   3073      1.1  christos    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   3074      1.1  christos 
   3075      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3076      1.1  christos elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3077      1.1  christos {
   3078      1.1  christos   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   3079      1.1  christos      sections.  */
   3080      1.1  christos   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   3081      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3082      1.1  christos 
   3083      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   3084      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3085      1.1  christos }
   3086      1.1  christos 
   3087      1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   3088      1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   3089      1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   3090      1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   3091      1.1  christos    understand.  */
   3092  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3093  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   3094      1.1  christos elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3095      1.1  christos 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   3096      1.1  christos {
   3097      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   3098      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3099      1.1  christos   asection *s;
   3100      1.1  christos 
   3101      1.1  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   3102      1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3103      1.1  christos 
   3104      1.1  christos   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   3105      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   3106      1.1  christos 	      && (h->needs_plt
   3107      1.1  christos 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   3108      1.1  christos 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   3109      1.1  christos 		      && h->ref_regular
   3110      1.1  christos 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   3111      1.1  christos 
   3112      1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   3113      1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   3114      1.1  christos      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   3115      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   3116      1.1  christos       || h->needs_plt)
   3117      1.1  christos     {
   3118      1.1  christos       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   3119      1.1  christos            || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   3120      1.1  christos 	   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   3121      1.1  christos 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3122      1.1  christos 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   3123      1.1  christos 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   3124      1.1  christos 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3125      1.1  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   3126      1.1  christos 	{
   3127      1.1  christos 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   3128      1.1  christos 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   3129      1.1  christos 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   3130      1.1  christos 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   3131      1.1  christos 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   3132      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3133      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   3134      1.1  christos 	  return TRUE;
   3135      1.1  christos 	}
   3136      1.1  christos 
   3137      1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3138      1.1  christos       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3139      1.1  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3140      1.1  christos 	{
   3141      1.1  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3142      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3143  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3144      1.1  christos 
   3145      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3146      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3147      1.1  christos 
   3148      1.1  christos       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   3149      1.1  christos 	 first entry.  */
   3150      1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   3151      1.1  christos 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   3152      1.1  christos 
   3153      1.1  christos       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   3154      1.1  christos 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   3155      1.1  christos 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   3156  1.1.1.6  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   3157      1.1  christos 	 the shared library.  */
   3158      1.1  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   3159      1.1  christos 	  && !h->def_regular)
   3160      1.1  christos 	{
   3161      1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   3162      1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   3163      1.1  christos 	}
   3164      1.1  christos 
   3165      1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   3166      1.1  christos 
   3167      1.1  christos       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   3168      1.1  christos       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   3169      1.1  christos 
   3170  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   3171      1.1  christos 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   3172      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   3173      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3174      1.1  christos       s->size += 4;
   3175  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3176      1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   3177      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   3178      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3179      1.1  christos       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3180      1.1  christos 
   3181      1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3182      1.1  christos     }
   3183      1.1  christos 
   3184      1.1  christos   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   3185      1.1  christos      count any more.  */
   3186      1.1  christos   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3187      1.1  christos 
   3188      1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   3189      1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   3190      1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   3191      1.1  christos   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   3192      1.1  christos     {
   3193      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3194      1.1  christos 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   3195      1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   3196      1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   3197      1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3198      1.1  christos     }
   3199      1.1  christos 
   3200      1.1  christos   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   3201      1.1  christos      is not a function.  */
   3202      1.1  christos 
   3203      1.1  christos   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   3204      1.1  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3205  1.1.1.6  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3206      1.1  christos      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3207      1.1  christos   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3208      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   3209      1.1  christos 
   3210      1.1  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3211      1.1  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3212      1.1  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3213      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   3214      1.1  christos 
   3215      1.1  christos   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3216      1.1  christos      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3217      1.1  christos      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3218      1.1  christos      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3219      1.1  christos      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3220      1.1  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3221      1.1  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3222      1.1  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3223  1.1.1.2  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3224      1.1  christos 
   3225      1.1  christos   s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3226      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3227      1.1  christos 
   3228      1.1  christos   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3229      1.1  christos      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3230  1.1.1.2  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3231      1.1  christos      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3232      1.1  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   3233      1.1  christos     {
   3234  1.1.1.2  christos       asection *srel;
   3235      1.1  christos 
   3236      1.1  christos       srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3237      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3238      1.1  christos       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3239      1.1  christos       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3240  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3241      1.1  christos 
   3242      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   3243      1.1  christos }
   3244      1.1  christos 
   3245      1.1  christos /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3246  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3247  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   3248      1.1  christos elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3249      1.1  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3250      1.1  christos {
   3251      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3252      1.1  christos   asection *s;
   3253      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean plt;
   3254      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3255      1.1  christos 
   3256      1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3257      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3258      1.1  christos 
   3259      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3260  1.1.1.6  christos     {
   3261      1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3262  1.1.1.2  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3263      1.1  christos 	{
   3264      1.1  christos 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3265      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3266      1.1  christos 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3267      1.1  christos 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3268      1.1  christos 	}
   3269      1.1  christos     }
   3270      1.1  christos   else
   3271      1.1  christos     {
   3272      1.1  christos       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3273      1.1  christos 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3274      1.1  christos 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3275  1.1.1.2  christos 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3276      1.1  christos 	 below.  */
   3277      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3278      1.1  christos       if (s != NULL)
   3279      1.1  christos 	s->size = 0;
   3280      1.1  christos     }
   3281      1.1  christos 
   3282      1.1  christos   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3283      1.1  christos      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3284      1.1  christos      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3285      1.1  christos      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3286  1.1.1.6  christos      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3287      1.1  christos      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3288      1.1  christos   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3289  1.1.1.2  christos     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3290      1.1  christos 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3291      1.1  christos 			    info);
   3292      1.1  christos 
   3293      1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3294      1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3295      1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   3296      1.1  christos   plt = FALSE;
   3297      1.1  christos   relocs = FALSE;
   3298      1.1  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3299      1.1  christos     {
   3300      1.1  christos       const char *name;
   3301      1.1  christos 
   3302      1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3303      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3304      1.1  christos 
   3305      1.1  christos       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3306      1.1  christos 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3307      1.1  christos       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3308      1.1  christos 
   3309      1.1  christos       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3310      1.1  christos 	{
   3311      1.1  christos 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3312      1.1  christos 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3313      1.1  christos 	}
   3314      1.1  christos       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3315      1.1  christos 	{
   3316      1.1  christos 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3317      1.1  christos 	    {
   3318      1.1  christos 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3319      1.1  christos 
   3320      1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3321      1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3322      1.1  christos 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3323      1.1  christos 	    }
   3324      1.1  christos 	}
   3325      1.1  christos       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3326      1.1  christos 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3327      1.1  christos 	{
   3328      1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3329      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3330      1.1  christos 	}
   3331      1.1  christos 
   3332      1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   3333      1.1  christos 	{
   3334      1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3335      1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3336      1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3337      1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3338      1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3339      1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3340      1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3341      1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3342      1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   3343      1.1  christos 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3344      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3345      1.1  christos 	}
   3346      1.1  christos 
   3347      1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3348      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3349      1.1  christos 
   3350      1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3351      1.1  christos       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3352      1.1  christos 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3353      1.1  christos 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3354      1.1  christos 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3355      1.1  christos 	 contents to zero.  */
   3356      1.1  christos       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3357      1.1  christos       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3358      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   3359      1.1  christos     }
   3360      1.1  christos 
   3361      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3362      1.1  christos     {
   3363      1.1  christos       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3364      1.1  christos 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3365      1.1  christos 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3366      1.1  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3367      1.1  christos 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3368      1.1  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3369  1.1.1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3370      1.1  christos 
   3371      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3372      1.1  christos 	{
   3373      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3374      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3375      1.1  christos 	}
   3376      1.1  christos 
   3377      1.1  christos       if (plt)
   3378      1.1  christos 	{
   3379      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3380      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3381      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3382      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3383      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3384      1.1  christos 	}
   3385      1.1  christos 
   3386      1.1  christos       if (relocs)
   3387      1.1  christos 	{
   3388      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3389      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3390      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3391      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3392      1.1  christos 	}
   3393      1.1  christos 
   3394      1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3395      1.1  christos 	{
   3396      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3397      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3398      1.1  christos 	}
   3399      1.1  christos     }
   3400      1.1  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3401      1.1  christos 
   3402      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3403      1.1  christos }
   3404      1.1  christos 
   3405      1.1  christos /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3406      1.1  christos    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3407      1.1  christos    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3408      1.1  christos    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3409      1.1  christos    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3410      1.1  christos    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3411      1.1  christos    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3412      1.1  christos    relocate_section routine.
   3413      1.1  christos 
   3414      1.1  christos    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3415      1.1  christos    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3416      1.1  christos    case.  */
   3417  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3418  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   3419      1.1  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3420      1.1  christos 			 void * inf)
   3421      1.1  christos {
   3422      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3423      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3424      1.1  christos 
   3425      1.1  christos   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3426      1.1  christos     {
   3427      1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3428      1.1  christos 	{
   3429      1.1  christos 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3430      1.1  christos 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3431      1.1  christos 	       s != NULL;
   3432      1.1  christos 	       s = s->next)
   3433      1.1  christos 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3434      1.1  christos 	      {
   3435      1.1  christos 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3436      1.1  christos 		break;
   3437      1.1  christos 	      }
   3438  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3439  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3440  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
   3441  1.1.1.2  christos 	 in PIEs.  */
   3442  1.1.1.2  christos       if (h->non_got_ref
   3443  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3444  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3445  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1
   3446  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3447  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3448  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3449  1.1.1.2  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3450      1.1  christos 	}
   3451      1.1  christos 
   3452      1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   3453      1.1  christos     }
   3454      1.1  christos 
   3455      1.1  christos   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3456      1.1  christos        s != NULL;
   3457      1.1  christos        s = s->next)
   3458      1.1  christos     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3459      1.1  christos 
   3460      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3461      1.1  christos }
   3462      1.1  christos 
   3463      1.1  christos 
   3464      1.1  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3465      1.1  christos 
   3466      1.1  christos static void
   3467      1.1  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3468      1.1  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3469      1.1  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3470      1.1  christos {
   3471      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3472      1.1  christos 
   3473      1.1  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3474      1.1  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3475      1.1  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3476      1.1  christos }
   3477      1.1  christos 
   3478      1.1  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3479      1.1  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3480      1.1  christos 
   3481      1.1  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3482      1.1  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3483      1.1  christos 
   3484      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3485      1.1  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3486      1.1  christos {
   3487      1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3488      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3489      1.1  christos     return 0;
   3490      1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3491      1.1  christos }
   3492      1.1  christos 
   3493      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3494      1.1  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3495      1.1  christos {
   3496      1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3497      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3498      1.1  christos     return 0;
   3499      1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3500      1.1  christos }
   3501      1.1  christos 
   3502      1.1  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3503      1.1  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3504      1.1  christos 
   3505      1.1  christos static void
   3506      1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3507      1.1  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3508      1.1  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3509      1.1  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3510      1.1  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3511      1.1  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3512      1.1  christos {
   3513      1.1  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3514      1.1  christos     {
   3515      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3516      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3517      1.1  christos       break;
   3518      1.1  christos 
   3519      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3520      1.1  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3521      1.1  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3522      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3523      1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3524      1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3525      1.1  christos 
   3526      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3527      1.1  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3528      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3529      1.1  christos       break;
   3530      1.1  christos 
   3531      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3532      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3533      1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3534      1.1  christos       break;
   3535      1.1  christos 
   3536      1.1  christos     default:
   3537      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3538      1.1  christos     }
   3539      1.1  christos }
   3540      1.1  christos 
   3541      1.1  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3542      1.1  christos    during dynamic link.
   3543      1.1  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3544      1.1  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3545      1.1  christos 
   3546      1.1  christos static void
   3547      1.1  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3548      1.1  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3549      1.1  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3550      1.1  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3551      1.1  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3552      1.1  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3553      1.1  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3554      1.1  christos {
   3555      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3556      1.1  christos 
   3557      1.1  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3558      1.1  christos     {
   3559      1.1  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3560      1.1  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3561      1.1  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3562      1.1  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3563      1.1  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3564      1.1  christos       break;
   3565      1.1  christos 
   3566      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3567      1.1  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3568      1.1  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3569      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3570      1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3571      1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3572      1.1  christos 
   3573      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3574      1.1  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3575      1.1  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3576      1.1  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3577      1.1  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3578      1.1  christos       break;
   3579      1.1  christos 
   3580      1.1  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3581      1.1  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3582      1.1  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3583      1.1  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3584      1.1  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3585      1.1  christos       break;
   3586      1.1  christos 
   3587      1.1  christos     default:
   3588      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3589      1.1  christos     }
   3590      1.1  christos 
   3591      1.1  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3592      1.1  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3593      1.1  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3594      1.1  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3595      1.1  christos 
   3596      1.1  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3597      1.1  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3598      1.1  christos 
   3599      1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3600      1.1  christos }
   3601      1.1  christos 
   3602      1.1  christos /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3603  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3604  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   3605  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3606  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3607  1.1.1.2  christos 			   bfd *input_bfd,
   3608  1.1.1.2  christos 			   asection *input_section,
   3609  1.1.1.2  christos 			   bfd_byte *contents,
   3610  1.1.1.2  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3611      1.1  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3612      1.1  christos 			   asection **local_sections)
   3613      1.1  christos {
   3614      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3615      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3616      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3617      1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
   3618      1.1  christos   asection *splt;
   3619      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   3620      1.1  christos   asection *srela;
   3621      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3622      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3623      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3624      1.1  christos 
   3625      1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3626      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3627      1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3628      1.1  christos 
   3629      1.1  christos   sgot = NULL;
   3630      1.1  christos   splt = NULL;
   3631      1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   3632      1.1  christos   srela = NULL;
   3633      1.1  christos 
   3634      1.1  christos   got = NULL;
   3635      1.1  christos 
   3636      1.1  christos   rel = relocs;
   3637      1.1  christos   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3638      1.1  christos   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3639      1.1  christos     {
   3640      1.1  christos       int r_type;
   3641      1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3642      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3643      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3644      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3645      1.1  christos       asection *sec;
   3646      1.1  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3647      1.1  christos       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3648      1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3649      1.1  christos 
   3650      1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3651      1.1  christos       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3652      1.1  christos 	{
   3653      1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3654      1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3655      1.1  christos 	}
   3656      1.1  christos       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3657      1.1  christos 
   3658      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3659      1.1  christos 
   3660      1.1  christos       h = NULL;
   3661      1.1  christos       sym = NULL;
   3662      1.1  christos       sec = NULL;
   3663      1.1  christos       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3664      1.1  christos 
   3665      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3666      1.1  christos 	{
   3667      1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3668      1.1  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3669      1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3670      1.1  christos 	}
   3671  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   3672      1.1  christos 	{
   3673      1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
   3674      1.1  christos 
   3675      1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3676  1.1.1.3  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3677      1.1  christos 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3678      1.1  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   3679  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3680      1.1  christos 
   3681  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3682      1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3683  1.1.1.6  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3684      1.1  christos 
   3685      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3686      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3687      1.1  christos 
   3688      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3689      1.1  christos 	{
   3690      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3691      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3692      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3693      1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3694      1.1  christos 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3695      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   3696      1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3697      1.1  christos 	    {
   3698      1.1  christos 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3699      1.1  christos 		{
   3700      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3701      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3702      1.1  christos 
   3703  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (sgot == NULL)
   3704      1.1  christos 		    {
   3705      1.1  christos 		      sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3706      1.1  christos 
   3707      1.1  christos 		      if (sgot != NULL)
   3708      1.1  christos 			sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3709      1.1  christos 		      else
   3710      1.1  christos 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3711      1.1  christos 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3712      1.1  christos 			   empty.
   3713      1.1  christos 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3714      1.1  christos 			sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3715      1.1  christos 		    }
   3716      1.1  christos 		  else
   3717      1.1  christos 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3718      1.1  christos 
   3719      1.1  christos 		  if (got == NULL)
   3720      1.1  christos 		    {
   3721      1.1  christos 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3722      1.1  christos 
   3723      1.1  christos 		      bfd2got_entry
   3724      1.1  christos 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3725      1.1  christos 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3726      1.1  christos 
   3727      1.1  christos 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3728      1.1  christos 			{
   3729      1.1  christos 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3730      1.1  christos 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3731      1.1  christos 
   3732      1.1  christos 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3733      1.1  christos 			}
   3734      1.1  christos 		      else
   3735      1.1  christos 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3736      1.1  christos 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3737      1.1  christos 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3738      1.1  christos 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3739      1.1  christos 			got_offset = 0;
   3740      1.1  christos 		    }
   3741      1.1  christos 		  else
   3742      1.1  christos 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3743      1.1  christos 
   3744      1.1  christos 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3745      1.1  christos 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3746      1.1  christos 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3747      1.1  christos 		}
   3748      1.1  christos 	      else
   3749      1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3750      1.1  christos 
   3751      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3752      1.1  christos 	    }
   3753      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3754      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3755      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3756      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3757      1.1  christos 
   3758      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3759      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3760      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3761      1.1  christos 
   3762      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3763      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3764      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3765      1.1  christos 
   3766      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3767      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3768      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3769      1.1  christos 
   3770      1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3771      1.1  christos 	     the global offset table.  */
   3772      1.1  christos 
   3773      1.1  christos 	  {
   3774      1.1  christos 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3775      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3776      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   3777      1.1  christos 
   3778  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (sgot == NULL)
   3779      1.1  christos 	      {
   3780      1.1  christos 		sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3781      1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3782      1.1  christos 	      }
   3783      1.1  christos 
   3784      1.1  christos 	    if (got == NULL)
   3785      1.1  christos 	      {
   3786      1.1  christos 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3787      1.1  christos 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3788      1.1  christos 						  NULL)->got;
   3789      1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3790      1.1  christos 	      }
   3791      1.1  christos 
   3792      1.1  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3793      1.1  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3794      1.1  christos 					 r_type);
   3795      1.1  christos 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3796      1.1  christos 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3797      1.1  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3798      1.1  christos 
   3799      1.1  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3800      1.1  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3801      1.1  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3802      1.1  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3803      1.1  christos 	      off &= ~1;
   3804      1.1  christos 	    else
   3805      1.1  christos 	      {
   3806      1.1  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3807      1.1  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3808      1.1  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3809      1.1  christos 		       itself.  */
   3810      1.1  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3811      1.1  christos 		  {
   3812      1.1  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3813  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3814  1.1.1.6  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3815  1.1.1.6  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3816  1.1.1.6  christos 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3817      1.1  christos 							  h)
   3818      1.1  christos 			|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3819      1.1  christos 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3820      1.1  christos 			|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3821      1.1  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3822      1.1  christos 		      {
   3823      1.1  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3824      1.1  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3825      1.1  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3826      1.1  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3827      1.1  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3828      1.1  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3829      1.1  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3830      1.1  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3831      1.1  christos 
   3832      1.1  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3833      1.1  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3834      1.1  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3835      1.1  christos 
   3836      1.1  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3837      1.1  christos 							output_bfd,
   3838      1.1  christos 							r_type,
   3839      1.1  christos 							sgot,
   3840      1.1  christos 							off,
   3841      1.1  christos 							relocation);
   3842      1.1  christos 
   3843      1.1  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3844      1.1  christos 		      }
   3845      1.1  christos 		    else
   3846  1.1.1.6  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3847      1.1  christos 		  }
   3848      1.1  christos 		else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) /* && h == NULL */
   3849      1.1  christos 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3850      1.1  christos 		  {
   3851  1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (srela == NULL)
   3852      1.1  christos 		      {
   3853      1.1  christos 			srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3854      1.1  christos 			BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3855      1.1  christos 		      }
   3856      1.1  christos 
   3857      1.1  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3858      1.1  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3859      1.1  christos 							  r_type,
   3860      1.1  christos 							  sgot,
   3861      1.1  christos 							  off,
   3862      1.1  christos 							  relocation,
   3863      1.1  christos 							  srela);
   3864      1.1  christos 
   3865  1.1.1.6  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3866      1.1  christos 		  }
   3867      1.1  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) */
   3868      1.1  christos 		  {
   3869      1.1  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3870      1.1  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3871      1.1  christos 						    r_type,
   3872      1.1  christos 						    sgot,
   3873      1.1  christos 						    off,
   3874      1.1  christos 						    relocation);
   3875      1.1  christos 
   3876      1.1  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3877      1.1  christos 		  }
   3878      1.1  christos 	      }
   3879      1.1  christos 
   3880      1.1  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3881      1.1  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3882      1.1  christos 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3883      1.1  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3884      1.1  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3885      1.1  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3886      1.1  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3887      1.1  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3888      1.1  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3889      1.1  christos 	      {
   3890      1.1  christos 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3891      1.1  christos 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3892      1.1  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3893      1.1  christos 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3894      1.1  christos 
   3895      1.1  christos 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3896      1.1  christos 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3897      1.1  christos 		else
   3898      1.1  christos 		  {
   3899      1.1  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3900      1.1  christos 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3901      1.1  christos 		  }
   3902      1.1  christos 
   3903      1.1  christos 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3904      1.1  christos 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3905      1.1  christos 	      }
   3906      1.1  christos 	    else
   3907      1.1  christos 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3908      1.1  christos 			    + off);
   3909      1.1  christos 	  }
   3910      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3911      1.1  christos 
   3912      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3913      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3914      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3915      1.1  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3916      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3917      1.1  christos 
   3918      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3919  1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3920      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3921      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   3922      1.1  christos 	    {
   3923      1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3924      1.1  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
   3925      1.1  christos 		   "in shared object"),
   3926      1.1  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3927      1.1  christos 
   3928      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3929      1.1  christos 	    }
   3930      1.1  christos 	  else
   3931      1.1  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3932      1.1  christos 
   3933      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3934      1.1  christos 
   3935      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3936      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3937      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3938      1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3939      1.1  christos 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3940      1.1  christos 
   3941      1.1  christos 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3942      1.1  christos 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3943      1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   3944      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3945      1.1  christos 
   3946      1.1  christos 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3947      1.1  christos 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3948      1.1  christos 	    {
   3949      1.1  christos 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3950      1.1  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3951      1.1  christos 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3952      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3953      1.1  christos 	    }
   3954      1.1  christos 
   3955  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3956      1.1  christos 	    {
   3957      1.1  christos 	      splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3958      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3959      1.1  christos 	    }
   3960      1.1  christos 
   3961      1.1  christos 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3962      1.1  christos 			+ splt->output_offset
   3963      1.1  christos 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3964      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3965      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3966      1.1  christos 
   3967      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3968      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3969      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3970      1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3971      1.1  christos 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   3972      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3973      1.1  christos 
   3974  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3975      1.1  christos 	    {
   3976      1.1  christos 	      splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3977      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3978      1.1  christos 	    }
   3979      1.1  christos 
   3980      1.1  christos 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   3981      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3982      1.1  christos 
   3983      1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3984      1.1  christos 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   3985      1.1  christos 
   3986      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3987      1.1  christos 
   3988      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   3989      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   3990      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   3991      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3992  1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3993      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3994      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3995      1.1  christos 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3996      1.1  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3997      1.1  christos 	      && (h == NULL
   3998      1.1  christos 		  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3999      1.1  christos 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4000      1.1  christos 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   4001      1.1  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   4002      1.1  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   4003      1.1  christos 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4004      1.1  christos 	    {
   4005      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4006      1.1  christos 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4007      1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   4008      1.1  christos 
   4009      1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4010      1.1  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4011      1.1  christos 		 time.  */
   4012      1.1  christos 
   4013      1.1  christos 	      skip = FALSE;
   4014      1.1  christos 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4015      1.1  christos 
   4016      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4017      1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4018      1.1  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   4019      1.1  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4020      1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   4021      1.1  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4022      1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4023      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4024      1.1  christos 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4025      1.1  christos 
   4026      1.1  christos 	      if (skip)
   4027      1.1  christos 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4028      1.1  christos 	      else if (h != NULL
   4029      1.1  christos 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   4030      1.1  christos 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   4031  1.1.1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   4032  1.1.1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   4033      1.1  christos 			   || !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4034      1.1  christos 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   4035      1.1  christos 			   || !h->def_regular))
   4036      1.1  christos 		{
   4037      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   4038      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   4039      1.1  christos 		}
   4040      1.1  christos 	      else
   4041      1.1  christos 		{
   4042      1.1  christos 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   4043      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   4044      1.1  christos 
   4045      1.1  christos 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   4046      1.1  christos 		    {
   4047      1.1  christos 		      relocate = TRUE;
   4048      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   4049      1.1  christos 		    }
   4050      1.1  christos 		  else
   4051      1.1  christos 		    {
   4052      1.1  christos 		      long indx;
   4053      1.1  christos 
   4054      1.1  christos 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   4055      1.1  christos 			indx = 0;
   4056      1.1  christos 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   4057      1.1  christos 			{
   4058      1.1  christos 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4059      1.1  christos 			  return FALSE;
   4060      1.1  christos 			}
   4061      1.1  christos 		      else
   4062      1.1  christos 			{
   4063      1.1  christos 			  asection *osec;
   4064      1.1  christos 
   4065      1.1  christos 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   4066      1.1  christos 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   4067      1.1  christos 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   4068      1.1  christos 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   4069      1.1  christos 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   4070      1.1  christos 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   4071      1.1  christos 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4072      1.1  christos 			  if (indx == 0)
   4073      1.1  christos 			    {
   4074      1.1  christos 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4075      1.1  christos 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   4076      1.1  christos 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   4077      1.1  christos 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4078      1.1  christos 			    }
   4079      1.1  christos 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   4080      1.1  christos 			}
   4081      1.1  christos 
   4082      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   4083      1.1  christos 		    }
   4084      1.1  christos 		}
   4085      1.1  christos 
   4086      1.1  christos 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   4087      1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4088      1.1  christos 		abort ();
   4089      1.1  christos 
   4090      1.1  christos 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4091      1.1  christos 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4092      1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4093      1.1  christos 
   4094      1.1  christos 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   4095      1.1  christos                  need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   4096      1.1  christos                  relocations that have been turned into
   4097      1.1  christos                  R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   4098      1.1  christos 	      if (!relocate)
   4099      1.1  christos 		continue;
   4100      1.1  christos 	    }
   4101      1.1  christos 
   4102      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4103      1.1  christos 
   4104      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4105      1.1  christos 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4106      1.1  christos 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   4107      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   4108      1.1  christos 
   4109      1.1  christos 	default:
   4110      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4111      1.1  christos 	}
   4112      1.1  christos 
   4113      1.1  christos       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   4114      1.1  christos 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   4115      1.1  christos 	 not process them.  */
   4116  1.1.1.2  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   4117  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4118  1.1.1.2  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   4119      1.1  christos 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4120      1.1  christos 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4121      1.1  christos 	{
   4122      1.1  christos 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4123      1.1  christos 	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   4124      1.1  christos 	     input_bfd,
   4125      1.1  christos 	     input_section,
   4126      1.1  christos 	     (long) rel->r_offset,
   4127      1.1  christos 	     howto->name,
   4128      1.1  christos 	     h->root.root.string);
   4129      1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   4130      1.1  christos 	}
   4131      1.1  christos 
   4132      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4133      1.1  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   4134      1.1  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   4135      1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4136      1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   4137      1.1  christos 	{
   4138      1.1  christos 	  char sym_type;
   4139      1.1  christos 
   4140      1.1  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   4141      1.1  christos 
   4142      1.1  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   4143      1.1  christos 	    {
   4144      1.1  christos 	      const char *name;
   4145      1.1  christos 
   4146      1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   4147      1.1  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   4148      1.1  christos 	      else
   4149      1.1  christos 		{
   4150      1.1  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   4151      1.1  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   4152      1.1  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   4153      1.1  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4154      1.1  christos 		}
   4155      1.1  christos 
   4156      1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4157      1.1  christos 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   4158      1.1  christos 		  ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   4159      1.1  christos 		  : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   4160      1.1  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4161      1.1  christos 		 input_section,
   4162      1.1  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset,
   4163      1.1  christos 		 howto->name,
   4164      1.1  christos 		 name);
   4165      1.1  christos 	    }
   4166      1.1  christos 	}
   4167      1.1  christos 
   4168      1.1  christos       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4169      1.1  christos 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   4170      1.1  christos 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4171      1.1  christos 
   4172      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4173      1.1  christos 	{
   4174      1.1  christos 	  const char *name;
   4175      1.1  christos 
   4176      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   4177      1.1  christos 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   4178      1.1  christos 	  else
   4179      1.1  christos 	    {
   4180      1.1  christos 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4181      1.1  christos 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4182      1.1  christos 						      sym->st_name);
   4183      1.1  christos 	      if (name == NULL)
   4184      1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   4185      1.1  christos 	      if (*name == '\0')
   4186      1.1  christos 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4187      1.1  christos 	    }
   4188  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4189  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   4190  1.1.1.6  christos 	    (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   4191      1.1  christos 	      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4192      1.1  christos 	       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4193      1.1  christos 	  else
   4194      1.1  christos 	    {
   4195      1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4196      1.1  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   4197      1.1  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   4198      1.1  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   4199      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4200      1.1  christos 	    }
   4201      1.1  christos 	}
   4202      1.1  christos     }
   4203      1.1  christos 
   4204      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4205      1.1  christos }
   4206      1.1  christos 
   4207      1.1  christos /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   4208      1.1  christos    into section SEC.  */
   4209      1.1  christos 
   4210      1.1  christos static void
   4211      1.1  christos elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4212      1.1  christos {
   4213      1.1  christos   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4214      1.1  christos   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4215      1.1  christos 
   4216      1.1  christos   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4217      1.1  christos   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4218      1.1  christos 
   4219      1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4220      1.1  christos }
   4221      1.1  christos 
   4222      1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4223      1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   4224  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4225  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   4226  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4227  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4228      1.1  christos 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4229      1.1  christos 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4230      1.1  christos {
   4231      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4232      1.1  christos 
   4233      1.1  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4234      1.1  christos 
   4235      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4236      1.1  christos     {
   4237      1.1  christos       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4238      1.1  christos       asection *splt;
   4239      1.1  christos       asection *sgot;
   4240      1.1  christos       asection *srela;
   4241      1.1  christos       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4242      1.1  christos       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4243      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4244      1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4245      1.1  christos 
   4246      1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4247      1.1  christos 	 it up.  */
   4248      1.1  christos 
   4249      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4250  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4251  1.1.1.2  christos       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4252  1.1.1.2  christos       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   4253      1.1  christos       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4254      1.1  christos       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4255      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4256      1.1  christos 
   4257      1.1  christos       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4258      1.1  christos 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4259      1.1  christos 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4260      1.1  christos 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4261      1.1  christos       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4262      1.1  christos 
   4263      1.1  christos       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4264      1.1  christos 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4265      1.1  christos 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4266      1.1  christos       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4267      1.1  christos 
   4268      1.1  christos       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4269      1.1  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4270      1.1  christos 	      plt_info->size);
   4271      1.1  christos 
   4272      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4273      1.1  christos 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4274      1.1  christos 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4275      1.1  christos 			      + got_offset));
   4276      1.1  christos 
   4277      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4278      1.1  christos 		  splt->contents
   4279      1.1  christos 		  + h->plt.offset
   4280      1.1  christos 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4281      1.1  christos 
   4282      1.1  christos       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4283      1.1  christos 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4284      1.1  christos 
   4285      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4286      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4287      1.1  christos 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4288      1.1  christos 		   + splt->output_offset
   4289      1.1  christos 		   + h->plt.offset
   4290      1.1  christos 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4291      1.1  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4292      1.1  christos 
   4293      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4294      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4295      1.1  christos 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4296      1.1  christos 		       + got_offset);
   4297      1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4298      1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4299      1.1  christos       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4300      1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4301      1.1  christos 
   4302      1.1  christos       if (!h->def_regular)
   4303      1.1  christos 	{
   4304      1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4305      1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4306      1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4307      1.1  christos 	}
   4308      1.1  christos     }
   4309      1.1  christos 
   4310      1.1  christos   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4311      1.1  christos     {
   4312      1.1  christos       asection *sgot;
   4313      1.1  christos       asection *srela;
   4314      1.1  christos       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4315      1.1  christos 
   4316      1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4317  1.1.1.2  christos 	 up.  */
   4318  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4319      1.1  christos       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   4320      1.1  christos       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   4321      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4322      1.1  christos 
   4323      1.1  christos       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4324      1.1  christos 
   4325      1.1  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4326      1.1  christos 	{
   4327      1.1  christos 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4328      1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4329      1.1  christos 
   4330      1.1  christos 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4331      1.1  christos 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4332      1.1  christos 
   4333      1.1  christos 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4334      1.1  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4335      1.1  christos 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4336  1.1.1.6  christos 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4337      1.1  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4338      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4339      1.1  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4340      1.1  christos 	    {
   4341      1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4342      1.1  christos 
   4343      1.1  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4344      1.1  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4345      1.1  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4346      1.1  christos 
   4347      1.1  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4348      1.1  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4349      1.1  christos 		{
   4350      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4351      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4352      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4353      1.1  christos 
   4354      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4355      1.1  christos 		  /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
   4356      1.1  christos 		     the second GOT slot.  */
   4357      1.1  christos 		  relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4358      1.1  christos 						  (sgot->contents
   4359      1.1  christos 						   + got_entry_offset + 4));
   4360      1.1  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4361      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4362      1.1  christos 
   4363      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4364      1.1  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4365      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4366      1.1  christos 
   4367      1.1  christos 		default:
   4368      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4369      1.1  christos 		}
   4370      1.1  christos 
   4371      1.1  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4372      1.1  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4373      1.1  christos 						    r_type,
   4374      1.1  christos 						    sgot,
   4375      1.1  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4376      1.1  christos 						    relocation,
   4377      1.1  christos 						    srela);
   4378      1.1  christos 	    }
   4379      1.1  christos 	  else
   4380      1.1  christos 	    {
   4381      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4382      1.1  christos 
   4383      1.1  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4384      1.1  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4385      1.1  christos 	      {
   4386      1.1  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4387      1.1  christos 
   4388      1.1  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4389      1.1  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4390      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4391      1.1  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4392      1.1  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4393      1.1  christos 	      }
   4394      1.1  christos 
   4395      1.1  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4396      1.1  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4397      1.1  christos 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4398      1.1  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4399      1.1  christos 
   4400      1.1  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4401      1.1  christos 		{
   4402      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4403      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4404      1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4405      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4406      1.1  christos 
   4407      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4408      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4409      1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4410      1.1  christos 
   4411      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4412      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4413      1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4414      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4415      1.1  christos 
   4416      1.1  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4417      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4418      1.1  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4419      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4420      1.1  christos 
   4421      1.1  christos 		default:
   4422      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4423      1.1  christos 		  break;
   4424      1.1  christos 		}
   4425      1.1  christos 	    }
   4426      1.1  christos 
   4427      1.1  christos 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4428      1.1  christos 	}
   4429      1.1  christos     }
   4430      1.1  christos 
   4431      1.1  christos   if (h->needs_copy)
   4432      1.1  christos     {
   4433      1.1  christos       asection *s;
   4434      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4435      1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4436      1.1  christos 
   4437      1.1  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4438      1.1  christos 
   4439      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4440      1.1  christos 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4441  1.1.1.2  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4442      1.1  christos 
   4443      1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   4444      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4445      1.1  christos 
   4446      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4447      1.1  christos 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4448      1.1  christos 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4449      1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4450      1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4451      1.1  christos       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4452      1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4453      1.1  christos     }
   4454      1.1  christos 
   4455      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4456      1.1  christos }
   4457      1.1  christos 
   4458      1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4459  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4460      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4461      1.1  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4462      1.1  christos {
   4463      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4464      1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
   4465      1.1  christos   asection *sdyn;
   4466      1.1  christos 
   4467  1.1.1.2  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4468      1.1  christos 
   4469  1.1.1.2  christos   sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4470      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4471      1.1  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4472      1.1  christos 
   4473      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4474      1.1  christos     {
   4475      1.1  christos       asection *splt;
   4476  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4477      1.1  christos 
   4478      1.1  christos       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   4479      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4480      1.1  christos 
   4481      1.1  christos       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4482      1.1  christos       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4483      1.1  christos       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4484      1.1  christos 	{
   4485      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4486      1.1  christos 	  const char *name;
   4487      1.1  christos 	  asection *s;
   4488      1.1  christos 
   4489      1.1  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4490      1.1  christos 
   4491      1.1  christos 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4492      1.1  christos 	    {
   4493      1.1  christos 	    default:
   4494      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4495  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4496      1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4497      1.1  christos 	      name = ".got.plt";
   4498      1.1  christos 	      goto get_vma;
   4499      1.1  christos 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4500  1.1.1.6  christos 	      name = ".rela.plt";
   4501  1.1.1.6  christos 	    get_vma:
   4502      1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, name);
   4503      1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   4504      1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4505      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4506  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4507      1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4508      1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4509      1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4510      1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4511      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4512      1.1  christos 
   4513      1.1  christos 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   4514      1.1  christos 	      /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
   4515      1.1  christos 		 not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
   4516      1.1  christos 		 Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
   4517      1.1  christos 		 make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since the
   4518      1.1  christos 		 linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
   4519  1.1.1.6  christos 		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
   4520      1.1  christos 		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
   4521      1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4522      1.1  christos 	      if (s != NULL)
   4523      1.1  christos 		dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   4524      1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4525      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4526      1.1  christos 	    }
   4527      1.1  christos 	}
   4528      1.1  christos 
   4529      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4530      1.1  christos       if (splt->size > 0)
   4531      1.1  christos 	{
   4532      1.1  christos 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4533      1.1  christos 
   4534      1.1  christos 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4535      1.1  christos 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4536      1.1  christos 
   4537      1.1  christos 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4538      1.1  christos 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4539      1.1  christos 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4540      1.1  christos 				  + 4));
   4541      1.1  christos 
   4542      1.1  christos 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4543      1.1  christos 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4544      1.1  christos 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4545      1.1  christos 				  + 8));
   4546      1.1  christos 
   4547      1.1  christos 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4548      1.1  christos 	    = plt_info->size;
   4549      1.1  christos 	}
   4550      1.1  christos     }
   4551      1.1  christos 
   4552      1.1  christos   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4553      1.1  christos   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4554      1.1  christos     {
   4555      1.1  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4556      1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4557      1.1  christos       else
   4558      1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4559      1.1  christos 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4560      1.1  christos 		    sgot->contents);
   4561      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4562      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4563      1.1  christos     }
   4564      1.1  christos 
   4565      1.1  christos   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4566      1.1  christos 
   4567      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4568      1.1  christos }
   4569      1.1  christos 
   4570      1.1  christos /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4571      1.1  christos    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4572      1.1  christos    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4573      1.1  christos    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4574      1.1  christos    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4575      1.1  christos    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4576  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4577  1.1.1.6  christos bfd_boolean
   4578  1.1.1.6  christos bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4579      1.1  christos 				       asection *datasec, asection *relsec,
   4580      1.1  christos 				       char **errmsg)
   4581      1.1  christos {
   4582      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4583      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4584      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4585      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4586      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *p;
   4587  1.1.1.6  christos   bfd_size_type amt;
   4588      1.1  christos 
   4589      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_relocatable (info));
   4590      1.1  christos 
   4591      1.1  christos   *errmsg = NULL;
   4592      1.1  christos 
   4593      1.1  christos   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4594      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   4595      1.1  christos 
   4596      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4597      1.1  christos 
   4598  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4599      1.1  christos   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4600      1.1  christos 		     (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4601      1.1  christos 		      info->keep_memory));
   4602      1.1  christos   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4603      1.1  christos     goto error_return;
   4604      1.1  christos 
   4605      1.1  christos   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4606      1.1  christos   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4607      1.1  christos   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4608      1.1  christos     goto error_return;
   4609      1.1  christos 
   4610      1.1  christos   p = relsec->contents;
   4611      1.1  christos 
   4612      1.1  christos   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4613      1.1  christos   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4614      1.1  christos     {
   4615      1.1  christos       asection *targetsec;
   4616      1.1  christos 
   4617      1.1  christos       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4618      1.1  christos        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4619      1.1  christos        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4620      1.1  christos        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4621      1.1  christos        characters.  */
   4622      1.1  christos 
   4623      1.1  christos       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4624      1.1  christos       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4625      1.1  christos 	{
   4626      1.1  christos 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
   4627      1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4628      1.1  christos 	  goto error_return;
   4629      1.1  christos 	}
   4630      1.1  christos 
   4631      1.1  christos       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4632      1.1  christos       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4633      1.1  christos 	{
   4634      1.1  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4635      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4636      1.1  christos 
   4637      1.1  christos 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4638      1.1  christos 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4639      1.1  christos 	    {
   4640      1.1  christos 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4641      1.1  christos 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4642      1.1  christos 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4643      1.1  christos 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4644      1.1  christos 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4645      1.1  christos 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4646      1.1  christos 		goto error_return;
   4647      1.1  christos 	    }
   4648      1.1  christos 
   4649      1.1  christos 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4650      1.1  christos 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4651      1.1  christos 	}
   4652      1.1  christos       else
   4653      1.1  christos 	{
   4654      1.1  christos 	  unsigned long indx;
   4655      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4656      1.1  christos 
   4657      1.1  christos 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4658      1.1  christos 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4659      1.1  christos 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4660      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4661      1.1  christos 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4662      1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4663      1.1  christos 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4664      1.1  christos 	  else
   4665      1.1  christos 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4666      1.1  christos 	}
   4667      1.1  christos 
   4668      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4669      1.1  christos       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4670      1.1  christos       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4671      1.1  christos 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4672      1.1  christos     }
   4673      1.1  christos 
   4674      1.1  christos   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4675      1.1  christos     free (isymbuf);
   4676      1.1  christos   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4677      1.1  christos       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4678      1.1  christos     free (internal_relocs);
   4679      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4680      1.1  christos 
   4681      1.1  christos error_return:
   4682      1.1  christos   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4683      1.1  christos     free (isymbuf);
   4684      1.1  christos   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4685      1.1  christos       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4686      1.1  christos     free (internal_relocs);
   4687      1.1  christos   return FALSE;
   4688      1.1  christos }
   4689      1.1  christos 
   4690      1.1  christos /* Set target options.  */
   4691      1.1  christos 
   4692      1.1  christos void
   4693      1.1  christos bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4694      1.1  christos {
   4695      1.1  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4696      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4697      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4698      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4699      1.1  christos 
   4700      1.1  christos   switch (got_handling)
   4701      1.1  christos     {
   4702      1.1  christos     case 0:
   4703      1.1  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4704      1.1  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4705      1.1  christos       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4706      1.1  christos       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4707      1.1  christos       break;
   4708      1.1  christos 
   4709      1.1  christos     case 1:
   4710      1.1  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4711      1.1  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4712      1.1  christos       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4713      1.1  christos       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4714      1.1  christos       break;
   4715      1.1  christos 
   4716      1.1  christos     case 2:
   4717      1.1  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4718      1.1  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4719      1.1  christos       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4720      1.1  christos       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4721      1.1  christos       break;
   4722      1.1  christos 
   4723      1.1  christos     default:
   4724      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4725      1.1  christos       return;
   4726      1.1  christos     }
   4727      1.1  christos 
   4728      1.1  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4729      1.1  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4730      1.1  christos     {
   4731      1.1  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4732      1.1  christos       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4733      1.1  christos       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4734      1.1  christos     }
   4735      1.1  christos }
   4736  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4737  1.1.1.3  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4738  1.1.1.3  christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4739      1.1  christos 			     const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4740      1.1  christos 			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4741      1.1  christos {
   4742      1.1  christos   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4743      1.1  christos     {
   4744      1.1  christos     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4745      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   4746      1.1  christos     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4747      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   4748      1.1  christos     case R_68K_COPY:
   4749      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   4750      1.1  christos     default:
   4751      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   4752      1.1  christos     }
   4753      1.1  christos }
   4754      1.1  christos 
   4755      1.1  christos /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4756      1.1  christos    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4757      1.1  christos 
   4758      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   4759      1.1  christos elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4760      1.1  christos 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4761      1.1  christos {
   4762      1.1  christos   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4763  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4764  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4765  1.1.1.2  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   4766  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4767  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   4768  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4769  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4770  1.1.1.2  christos   int offset;
   4771  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t size;
   4772  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4773  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4774  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4775  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4776  1.1.1.2  christos       return FALSE;
   4777  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4778  1.1.1.2  christos     case 154:		/* Linux/m68k */
   4779  1.1.1.2  christos       /* pr_cursig */
   4780  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4781  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4782  1.1.1.2  christos       /* pr_pid */
   4783  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
   4784  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4785  1.1.1.2  christos       /* pr_reg */
   4786  1.1.1.2  christos       offset = 70;
   4787  1.1.1.2  christos       size = 80;
   4788  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4789  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4790  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4791  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4792  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   4793  1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   4794  1.1.1.2  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   4795  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4796  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4797  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   4798  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4799  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4800  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4801  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4802  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4803  1.1.1.2  christos       return FALSE;
   4804  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4805  1.1.1.2  christos     case 124:		/* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo.  */
   4806  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
   4807  1.1.1.2  christos 	= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4808  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   4809  1.1.1.2  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   4810  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   4811  1.1.1.2  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   4812  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4813  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4814  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   4815  1.1.1.2  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   4816  1.1.1.2  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   4817  1.1.1.2  christos   {
   4818  1.1.1.2  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   4819  1.1.1.2  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   4820  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4821  1.1.1.2  christos     if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   4822  1.1.1.2  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   4823  1.1.1.2  christos   }
   4824  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4825  1.1.1.2  christos   return TRUE;
   4826  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4827  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4828  1.1.1.3  christos /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
   4829  1.1.1.3  christos    file.  */
   4830  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4831  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   4832  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
   4833  1.1.1.3  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4834  1.1.1.3  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   4835  1.1.1.3  christos 			  const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4836  1.1.1.3  christos 			  flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4837  1.1.1.3  christos 			  asection **secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4838  1.1.1.6  christos 			  bfd_vma *valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4839  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4840  1.1.1.4  christos   if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4841  1.1.1.6  christos       && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
   4842  1.1.1.3  christos       && bfd_get_flavour (info->output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   4843  1.1.1.3  christos     elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc;
   4844  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4845  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   4846  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4847      1.1  christos 
   4848      1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			m68k_elf32_vec
   4849      1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4850      1.1  christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4851      1.1  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4852      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4853      1.1  christos 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4854      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4855      1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4856      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4857      1.1  christos 
   4858      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4859      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4860      1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4861      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4862      1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4863      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4864      1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4865      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4866      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4867      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4868      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4869      1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4870      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4871      1.1  christos 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4872      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4873      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
   4874      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4875      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4876      1.1  christos                                         elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4877      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4878      1.1  christos                                         elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4879      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4880      1.1  christos                                         elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4881      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4882  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4883  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4884  1.1.1.3  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
   4885      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
   4886      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook
   4887      1.1  christos 
   4888      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4889      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4890      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4891      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4892      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4893      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4894      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4895                    
   4896                    #include "elf32-target.h"
   4897